blob: 414525d6c3322fdf8317d6f9354d2415a58e2495 [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +00001//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner5b12ab82007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
Chris Lattnercb6a3822006-11-10 06:20:45 +000015#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Daniel Dunbar6e8aa532008-08-11 05:35:13 +000016#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +000017#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Chris Lattneraa9c7ae2008-04-08 04:40:51 +000018#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Steve Naroff021ca182008-05-29 21:12:08 +000019#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +000020#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +000021#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +000022#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +000023#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
24#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +000025#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
Chris Lattner07d754a2008-10-26 23:43:26 +000026#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h"
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +000027#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h"
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +000028using namespace clang;
29
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +000030
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000031/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
32/// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
33///
34/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
35/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
36/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
37/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
38/// function is being used.
39///
40/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
41/// referenced), false otherwise.
42bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000043 // See if the decl is deprecated.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000044 if (D->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000045 // Implementing deprecated stuff requires referencing deprecated
46 // stuff. Don't warn if we are implementing a deprecated
47 // construct.
Chris Lattner46d6b132009-02-16 19:35:30 +000048 bool isSilenced = false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000049
Chris Lattner46d6b132009-02-16 19:35:30 +000050 if (NamedDecl *ND = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl()) {
51 // If this reference happens *in* a deprecated function or method, don't
52 // warn.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000053 isSilenced = ND->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000054
Chris Lattner46d6b132009-02-16 19:35:30 +000055 // If this is an Objective-C method implementation, check to see if the
56 // method was deprecated on the declaration, not the definition.
57 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND)) {
58 // The semantic decl context of a ObjCMethodDecl is the
59 // ObjCImplementationDecl.
60 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *Impl
61 = dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(MD->getParent())) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000062
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +000063 MD = Impl->getClassInterface()->getMethod(MD->getSelector(),
Chris Lattner46d6b132009-02-16 19:35:30 +000064 MD->isInstanceMethod());
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000065 isSilenced |= MD && MD->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
Chris Lattner46d6b132009-02-16 19:35:30 +000066 }
67 }
68 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000069
Chris Lattner46d6b132009-02-16 19:35:30 +000070 if (!isSilenced)
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000071 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_deprecated) << D->getDeclName();
72 }
73
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000074 // See if this is a deleted function.
Douglas Gregorde681d42009-02-24 04:26:15 +000075 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000076 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
77 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
78 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
79 return true;
80 }
Douglas Gregorde681d42009-02-24 04:26:15 +000081 }
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000082
83 // See if the decl is unavailable
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000084 if (D->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000085 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable) << D->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000086 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 0;
87 }
88
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000089 return false;
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000090}
91
Fariborz Jahanian027b8862009-05-13 18:09:35 +000092/// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks on method dispatch calls
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000093/// (and other functions in future), which have been declared with sentinel
Fariborz Jahanian027b8862009-05-13 18:09:35 +000094/// attribute. It warns if call does not have the sentinel argument.
95///
96void Sema::DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000097 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000098 const SentinelAttr *attr = D->getAttr<SentinelAttr>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000099 if (!attr)
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000100 return;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000101 int sentinelPos = attr->getSentinel();
102 int nullPos = attr->getNullPos();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000103
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000104 // FIXME. ObjCMethodDecl and FunctionDecl need be derived from the same common
105 // base class. Then we won't be needing two versions of the same code.
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000106 unsigned int i = 0;
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000107 bool warnNotEnoughArgs = false;
108 int isMethod = 0;
109 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
110 // skip over named parameters.
111 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = MD->param_end();
112 for (P = MD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
113 if (nullPos)
114 --nullPos;
115 else
116 ++i;
117 }
118 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
119 isMethod = 1;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000120 } else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000121 // skip over named parameters.
122 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = FD->param_end();
123 for (P = FD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
124 if (nullPos)
125 --nullPos;
126 else
127 ++i;
128 }
129 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000130 } else if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000131 // block or function pointer call.
132 QualType Ty = V->getType();
133 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isFunctionPointerType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000134 const FunctionType *FT = Ty->isFunctionPointerType()
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000135 ? Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>()
136 : Ty->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000137 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) {
138 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
139 unsigned k;
140 for (k = 0; (k != NumArgsInProto && i < NumArgs); k++) {
141 if (nullPos)
142 --nullPos;
143 else
144 ++i;
145 }
146 warnNotEnoughArgs = (k != NumArgsInProto || i >= NumArgs);
147 }
148 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
149 isMethod = 2;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000150 } else
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000151 return;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000152 } else
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000153 return;
154
155 if (warnNotEnoughArgs) {
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000156 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000157 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000158 return;
159 }
160 int sentinel = i;
161 while (sentinelPos > 0 && i < NumArgs-1) {
162 --sentinelPos;
163 ++i;
164 }
165 if (sentinelPos > 0) {
166 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000167 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000168 return;
169 }
170 while (i < NumArgs-1) {
171 ++i;
172 ++sentinel;
173 }
174 Expr *sentinelExpr = Args[sentinel];
175 if (sentinelExpr && (!sentinelExpr->getType()->isPointerType() ||
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +0000176 !sentinelExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
177 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull))) {
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000178 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000179 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000180 }
181 return;
Fariborz Jahanian027b8862009-05-13 18:09:35 +0000182}
183
Douglas Gregor87f95b02009-02-26 21:00:50 +0000184SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const {
185 Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E;
186 return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
187}
188
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000189//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
190// Standard Promotions and Conversions
191//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
192
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000193/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
194void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
195 QualType Ty = E->getType();
196 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
197
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000198 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000199 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty),
Anders Carlsson6904f642009-09-01 20:37:18 +0000200 CastExpr::CK_FunctionToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner61f60a02008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000201 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
202 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
203 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
204 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
205 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
206 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
207 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9321c742008-09-11 04:25:59 +0000208 //
209 // C++ 4.2p1:
210 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
211 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
212 //
213 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
214 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
Anders Carlsson8fc489d2009-08-07 23:48:20 +0000215 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty),
216 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner61f60a02008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000217 }
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000218}
219
220/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000221/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000222/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
223/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
224/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
225Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
226 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
227 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000228
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000229 // C99 6.3.1.1p2:
230 //
231 // The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or
232 // unsigned int may be used:
233 // - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer
234 // conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int
235 // and unsigned int.
236 // - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int.
237 //
238 // If an int can represent all values of the original type, the
239 // value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an
240 // unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All
241 // other types are unchanged by the integer promotions.
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000242 QualType PTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(Expr);
243 if (!PTy.isNull()) {
244 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PTy);
245 return Expr;
246 }
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000247 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000248 QualType PT = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(Ty);
249 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PT);
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000250 return Expr;
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000251 }
252
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000253 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr);
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000254 return Expr;
255}
256
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000257/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000258/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000259/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
260void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
261 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
262 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000263
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000264 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000265 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000266 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
267 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000268
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000269 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
270}
271
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000272/// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
273/// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type, and rejects ObjC
274/// interfaces passed by value. This returns true if the argument type is
275/// completely illegal.
276bool Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT) {
Anders Carlssona7d069d2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000277 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000278
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000279 if (Expr->getType()->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
280 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(),
281 diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
282 << Expr->getType() << CT;
283 return true;
Anders Carlssona7d069d2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000284 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000285
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000286 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType())
287 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(), diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
288 << Expr->getType() << CT;
289
290 return false;
Anders Carlssona7d069d2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000291}
292
293
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000294/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
295/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000296/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000297/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
298/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
299/// GCC.
300QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
301 bool isCompAssign) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000302 if (!isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000303 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000304
305 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000306
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000307 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000308 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000309 QualType lhs =
310 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000311 QualType rhs =
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000312 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000313
314 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
315 if (lhs == rhs)
316 return lhs;
317
318 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
319 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
320 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
321 return lhs;
322
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000323 // Perform bitfield promotions.
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000324 QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lhsExpr);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000325 if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
326 lhs = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000327 QualType RHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000328 if (!RHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
329 rhs = RHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
330
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000331 QualType destType = Context.UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000332 if (!isCompAssign)
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000333 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType);
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000334 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000335 return destType;
336}
337
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000338//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
339// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
340//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
341
342
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000343/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000344/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
345/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
346/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
347/// string.
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000348///
349Action::OwningExprResult
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000350Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000351 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
352
Chris Lattner8a24e582009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000353 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
Steve Naroff4f88b312007-03-13 22:37:02 +0000354 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000355 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000356
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +0000357 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000358 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
359 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000360
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000361 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscbad7252008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000362 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000363 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregoraa1e21d2008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000364
365 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
366 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
367 StrTy.addConst();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000368
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000369 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
370 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
371 // strings.
372 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
Chris Lattnerd42c29f2009-02-26 23:01:51 +0000373 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000374 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000375
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000376 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000377 return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
Chris Lattnerf83b5af2009-02-18 06:40:38 +0000378 Literal.GetStringLength(),
379 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
380 &StringTokLocs[0],
381 StringTokLocs.size()));
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000382}
383
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000384/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
385/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
386/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
387/// for values inside the block or for globals).
388///
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000389/// This also keeps the 'hasBlockDeclRefExprs' in the BlockSemaInfo records
390/// up-to-date.
391///
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000392static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(BlockSemaInfo *CurBlock,
393 ValueDecl *VD) {
394 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
395 // we wanted to.
396 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
397 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000398
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000399 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
400 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
401 return false;
402
403 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
404 // snapshot it.
405 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
406 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000407 if (!Var->hasLocalStorage())
408 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000409
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000410 // Blocks that have these can't be constant.
411 CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
412
413 // If we have nested blocks, the decl may be declared in an outer block (in
414 // which case that outer block doesn't get "hasBlockDeclRefExprs") or it may
415 // be defined outside all of the current blocks (in which case the blocks do
416 // all get the bit). Walk the nesting chain.
417 for (BlockSemaInfo *NextBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo; NextBlock;
418 NextBlock = NextBlock->PrevBlockInfo) {
419 // If we found the defining block for the variable, don't mark the block as
420 // having a reference outside it.
421 if (NextBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
422 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000423
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000424 // Otherwise, the DeclRef from the inner block causes the outer one to need
425 // a snapshot as well.
426 NextBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
427 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000428
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000429 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000430}
431
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000432
433
Steve Naroff30d242c2007-09-15 18:49:24 +0000434/// ActOnIdentifierExpr - The parser read an identifier in expression context,
Chris Lattnerac18be92006-11-20 06:49:47 +0000435/// validate it per-C99 6.5.1. HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this
Steve Naroff157c4032008-03-19 23:46:26 +0000436/// identifier is used in a function call context.
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000437/// SS is only used for a C++ qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the
Argyrios Kyrtzidis16ac9be2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000438/// class or namespace that the identifier must be a member of.
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000439Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdentifierExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
440 IdentifierInfo &II,
441 bool HasTrailingLParen,
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000442 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
443 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
444 return ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(S, Loc, &II, HasTrailingLParen, SS,
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000445 isAddressOfOperand);
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000446}
447
Douglas Gregorc7acfdf2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000448/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build either a DeclRefExpr or a
449/// QualifiedDeclRefExpr based on whether or not SS is a
450/// nested-name-specifier.
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000451Sema::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000452Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(NamedDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
453 bool TypeDependent, bool ValueDependent,
454 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Anders Carlsson364035d12009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000455 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Ty) == Context.UndeducedAutoTy) {
456 Diag(Loc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000457 diag::err_auto_variable_cannot_appear_in_own_initializer)
Anders Carlsson364035d12009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000458 << D->getDeclName();
459 return ExprError();
460 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000461
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000462 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
463 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
464 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = MD->getParent()->isLocalClass()) {
465 if (VD->hasLocalStorage() && VD->getDeclContext() != CurContext) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000466 Diag(Loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_var_in_enclosing_function)
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000467 << D->getIdentifier() << FD->getDeclName();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000468 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_local_variable_declared_here)
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000469 << D->getIdentifier();
470 return ExprError();
471 }
472 }
473 }
474 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000475
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000476 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000477
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000478 Expr *E;
Douglas Gregor18353912009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000479 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000480 E = new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent,
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000481 ValueDependent, SS->getRange(),
Douglas Gregorc23500e2009-03-26 23:56:24 +0000482 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep()));
Douglas Gregor18353912009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000483 } else
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000484 E = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent, ValueDependent);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000485
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000486 return Owned(E);
Douglas Gregorc7acfdf2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000487}
488
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000489/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or
490/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type
491/// is Record.
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000492static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(ASTContext &Context,
493 RecordDecl *Record) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000494 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000495 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000496
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000497 // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will be an O(1)
498 // operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's vector (which
499 // itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make this even better.
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000500 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000501 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(),
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000502 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000503 D != DEnd; ++D) {
504 if (*D == Record) {
505 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly
506 // follows its type in the list of declarations.
507 ++D;
508 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record");
Douglas Gregor6e6ad602009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000509 assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed");
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000510 return *D;
511 }
512 }
513
514 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record");
515 return 0;
516}
517
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000518/// \brief Given a field that represents a member of an anonymous
519/// struct/union, build the path from that field's context to the
520/// actual member.
521///
522/// Construct the sequence of field member references we'll have to
523/// perform to get to the field in the anonymous union/struct. The
524/// list of members is built from the field outward, so traverse it
525/// backwards to go from an object in the current context to the field
526/// we found.
527///
528/// \returns The variable from which the field access should begin,
529/// for an anonymous struct/union that is not a member of another
530/// class. Otherwise, returns NULL.
531VarDecl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(FieldDecl *Field,
532 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl *> &Path) {
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000533 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
534 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
535 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
536
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000537 Path.push_back(Field);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000538 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
539 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
540 do {
541 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000542 Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Context, Record);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000543 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000544 Path.push_back(AnonField);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000545 else {
546 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
547 break;
548 }
549 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000550 } while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000551 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000552
553 return BaseObject;
554}
555
556Sema::OwningExprResult
557Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
558 FieldDecl *Field,
559 Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
560 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
561 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000562 VarDecl *BaseObject = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(Field,
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000563 AnonFields);
564
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000565 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
566 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each
567 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
568 // found via name lookup.
569 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000570 Qualifiers BaseQuals;
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000571 if (BaseObject) {
572 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
573 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000574 if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000575 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, BaseObject);
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000576 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(),
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000577 SourceLocation());
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000578 BaseQuals
579 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000580 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
581 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
582 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
583 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
584 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000585 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000586 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
587 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
588 }
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000589 BaseQuals
590 = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000591 } else {
592 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
593 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
594 // program our base object expression is "this".
595 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
596 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000597 QualType AnonFieldType
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000598 = Context.getTagDeclType(
599 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
600 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000601 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000602 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
603 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
604 // Our base object expression is "this".
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000605 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000606 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000607 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
608 }
609 } else {
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000610 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
611 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000612 }
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000613 BaseQuals = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(MD->getTypeQualifiers());
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000614 }
615
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000616 if (!BaseObjectExpr)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000617 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
618 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000619 }
620
621 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
622 // anonymous struct/union.
623 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000624 Qualifiers ResultQuals = BaseQuals;
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000625 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
626 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
627 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
628 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000629 Qualifiers MemberTypeQuals =
630 Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers();
631
632 // CVR attributes from the base are picked up by members,
633 // except that 'mutable' members don't pick up 'const'.
634 if ((*FI)->isMutable())
635 ResultQuals.removeConst();
636
637 // GC attributes are never picked up by members.
638 ResultQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
639
640 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces.
641 assert(!MemberTypeQuals.hasAddressSpace());
642
643 Qualifiers NewQuals = ResultQuals + MemberTypeQuals;
644 if (NewQuals != MemberTypeQuals)
645 MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, NewQuals);
646
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000647 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, *FI);
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000648 // FIXME: Might this end up being a qualified name?
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000649 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
650 OpLoc, MemberType);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000651 BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000652 ResultQuals = NewQuals;
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000653 }
654
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000655 return Owned(Result);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000656}
657
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000658/// ActOnDeclarationNameExpr - The parser has read some kind of name
659/// (e.g., a C++ id-expression (C++ [expr.prim]p1)). This routine
660/// performs lookup on that name and returns an expression that refers
661/// to that name. This routine isn't directly called from the parser,
662/// because the parser doesn't know about DeclarationName. Rather,
663/// this routine is called by ActOnIdentifierExpr,
664/// ActOnOperatorFunctionIdExpr, and ActOnConversionFunctionExpr,
665/// which form the DeclarationName from the corresponding syntactic
666/// forms.
667///
668/// HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this identifier is used in a
669/// function call context. LookupCtx is only used for a C++
670/// qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the class or namespace that
671/// the identifier must be a member of.
Douglas Gregorb0846b02008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000672///
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000673/// isAddressOfOperand means that this expression is the direct operand
674/// of an address-of operator. This matters because this is the only
675/// situation where a qualified name referencing a non-static member may
676/// appear outside a member function of this class.
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000677Sema::OwningExprResult
678Sema::ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
679 DeclarationName Name, bool HasTrailingLParen,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000680 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000681 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
Chris Lattner59a25942008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000682 // Could be enum-constant, value decl, instance variable, etc.
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000683 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
684 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor90a1a652009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000685
686 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
687 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
688 // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
689 // names a dependent type.
Douglas Gregor82dbbd72009-05-29 14:49:33 +0000690 // FIXME: Member of the current instantiation.
Douglas Gregor90a1a652009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000691 if (SS && isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
Douglas Gregorf21eb492009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000692 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedDeclRefExpr(Name, Context.DependentTy,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000693 Loc, SS->getRange(),
Anders Carlsson03f89b12009-07-09 00:05:08 +0000694 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep()),
695 isAddressOfOperand));
Douglas Gregor90a1a652009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000696 }
697
Douglas Gregorb9063fc2009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000698 LookupResult Lookup = LookupParsedName(S, SS, Name, LookupOrdinaryName,
699 false, true, Loc);
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000700
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000701 if (Lookup.isAmbiguous()) {
702 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Lookup, Name, Loc,
703 SS && SS->isSet() ? SS->getRange()
704 : SourceRange());
705 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnercd2a8c52009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000706 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000707
Chris Lattnercd2a8c52009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000708 NamedDecl *D = Lookup.getAsDecl();
Douglas Gregorb0846b02008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000709
Chris Lattner59a25942008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000710 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then ivar lookup happens as
711 // well.
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000712 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
713 if (II && getCurMethodDecl()) {
Chris Lattner59a25942008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000714 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
715 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000716 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
717 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
Fariborz Jahanianbf8e8422009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000718 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
Douglas Gregor6e6ad602009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000719 if (D == 0 || D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis853fbea2008-06-28 06:07:14 +0000720 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahaniana458c4f2009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000721 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000722 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
Chris Lattner50afe312009-02-16 17:19:12 +0000723 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000724 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
725 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000726
Chris Lattnercd2a8c52009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000727 // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent
728 // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl.
729 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
730 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000731
Fariborz Jahanianbf8e8422009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000732 bool IsClsMethod = getCurMethodDecl()->isClassMethod();
733 // If a class method attemps to use a free standing ivar, this is
734 // an error.
735 if (IsClsMethod && D && !D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod())
736 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
737 << IV->getDeclName());
738 // If a class method uses a global variable, even if an ivar with
739 // same name exists, use the global.
740 if (!IsClsMethod) {
Fariborz Jahaniana458c4f2009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000741 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
742 ClassDeclared != IFace)
743 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000744 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't
745 // turn this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
Fariborz Jahanianbf8e8422009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000746 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
Argyrios Kyrtzidise1a8c622009-07-18 08:49:37 +0000747 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdentifierExpr(S, SourceLocation(),
748 II, false);
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000749 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, IV);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000750 return Owned(new (Context)
751 ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), Loc,
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +0000752 SelfExpr.takeAs<Expr>(), true, true));
Fariborz Jahanianbf8e8422009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000753 }
Chris Lattner59a25942008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000754 }
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000755 } else if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod()) {
Fariborz Jahanianbf8e8422009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000756 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
757 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahaniana458c4f2009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000758 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000759 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
Fariborz Jahaniana458c4f2009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000760 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
761 IFace == ClassDeclared)
Chris Lattnercd2a8c52009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000762 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahaniana458c4f2009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000763 }
Fariborz Jahanianbf8e8422009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000764 }
Steve Naroff0d7c6db2008-08-10 19:10:41 +0000765 // Needed to implement property "super.method" notation.
Douglas Gregor6e6ad602009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000766 if (D == 0 && II->isStr("super")) {
Steve Naroffe29c4dd2009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000767 QualType T;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000768
Steve Naroffe29c4dd2009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000769 if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod())
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000770 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(
771 getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface()));
Steve Naroffe29c4dd2009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000772 else
773 T = Context.getObjCClassType();
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000774 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCSuperExpr(Loc, T));
Steve Naroffebf4cb42008-06-02 23:03:37 +0000775 }
Chris Lattner59a25942008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000776 }
Douglas Gregorf15f5d32009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000777
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000778 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
779 // argument-dependent lookup.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000780 bool ADL = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (!SS || !SS->isSet()) &&
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000781 HasTrailingLParen;
782
783 if (ADL && D == 0) {
Douglas Gregorf15f5d32009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000784 // We've seen something of the form
785 //
786 // identifier(
787 //
788 // and we did not find any entity by the name
789 // "identifier". However, this identifier is still subject to
790 // argument-dependent lookup, so keep track of the name.
791 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr(Name,
792 Context.OverloadTy,
793 Loc));
794 }
795
Chris Lattner17ed4872006-11-20 04:58:19 +0000796 if (D == 0) {
Bill Wendling4073ed52007-02-13 01:51:42 +0000797 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
Chris Lattner9561a0b2007-01-28 08:20:04 +0000798 // in C90, extension in C99).
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000799 if (HasTrailingLParen && II &&
Chris Lattner59a25942008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000800 !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) // Not in C++.
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000801 D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(Loc, *II, S);
Steve Naroff92e30f82007-04-02 22:35:25 +0000802 else {
Chris Lattnerac18be92006-11-20 06:49:47 +0000803 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function call,
804 // diagnose the problem.
Anders Carlsson896c2302009-08-30 00:54:35 +0000805 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000806 DiagnoseMissingMember(Loc, Name,
Anders Carlsson896c2302009-08-30 00:54:35 +0000807 (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep(),
808 SS->getRange());
809 return ExprError();
810 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000811 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000812 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_use)
813 << Name.getAsString());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis16ac9be2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000814 else
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000815 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_var_use) << Name);
Steve Naroff92e30f82007-04-02 22:35:25 +0000816 }
Chris Lattner17ed4872006-11-20 04:58:19 +0000817 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000818
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000819 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
820 // Warn about constructs like:
821 // if (void *X = foo()) { ... } else { X }.
822 // In the else block, the pointer is always false.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000823
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000824 // FIXME: In a template instantiation, we don't have scope
825 // information to check this property.
826 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) {
827 Scope *CheckS = S;
828 while (CheckS) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000829 if (CheckS->isWithinElse() &&
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000830 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(Var))) {
831 if (Var->getType()->isBooleanType())
832 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_false)
833 << Var->getDeclName());
834 else
835 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_zero)
836 << Var->getDeclName());
837 break;
838 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000839
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000840 // Move up one more control parent to check again.
841 CheckS = CheckS->getControlParent();
842 if (CheckS)
843 CheckS = CheckS->getParent();
844 }
845 }
846 } else if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
847 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Func->hasPrototype()) {
848 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
849 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
850 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
851 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
852 // type.
853 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Func, Loc))
854 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000855
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000856 QualType T = Func->getType();
857 QualType NoProtoType = T;
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000858 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000859 NoProtoType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getResultType());
860 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Func, NoProtoType, Loc, false, false, SS);
861 }
862 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000863
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000864 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(Loc, D, HasTrailingLParen, SS, isAddressOfOperand);
865}
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000866/// \brief Cast member's object to its own class if necessary.
Fariborz Jahanian3f150832009-07-29 19:40:11 +0000867bool
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000868Sema::PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *&From, NamedDecl *Member) {
869 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Member))
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000870 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD =
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000871 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000872 QualType DestType =
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000873 Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(RD));
Fariborz Jahanian4b12ed12009-07-29 20:41:46 +0000874 if (DestType->isDependentType() || From->getType()->isDependentType())
875 return false;
876 QualType FromRecordType = From->getType();
877 QualType DestRecordType = DestType;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000878 if (FromRecordType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian4b12ed12009-07-29 20:41:46 +0000879 DestType = Context.getPointerType(DestType);
880 FromRecordType = FromRecordType->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000881 }
Fariborz Jahanian4b12ed12009-07-29 20:41:46 +0000882 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType) &&
883 CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType,
884 DestRecordType,
885 From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
886 From->getSourceRange()))
887 return true;
Anders Carlssona076d142009-07-31 01:23:52 +0000888 ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CastExpr::CK_DerivedToBase,
889 /*isLvalue=*/true);
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000890 }
Fariborz Jahanian3f150832009-07-29 19:40:11 +0000891 return false;
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000892}
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000893
Douglas Gregorf405d7e2009-08-31 23:41:50 +0000894/// \brief Build a MemberExpr AST node.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000895static MemberExpr *BuildMemberExpr(ASTContext &C, Expr *Base, bool isArrow,
896 const CXXScopeSpec *SS, NamedDecl *Member,
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000897 SourceLocation Loc, QualType Ty) {
898 if (SS && SS->isSet())
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000899 return MemberExpr::Create(C, Base, isArrow,
Douglas Gregorf405d7e2009-08-31 23:41:50 +0000900 (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep(),
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000901 SS->getRange(), Member, Loc,
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +0000902 // FIXME: Explicit template argument lists
903 false, SourceLocation(), 0, 0, SourceLocation(),
904 Ty);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000905
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000906 return new (C) MemberExpr(Base, isArrow, Member, Loc, Ty);
907}
908
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000909/// \brief Complete semantic analysis for a reference to the given declaration.
910Sema::OwningExprResult
911Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D,
912 bool HasTrailingLParen,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000913 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000914 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
915 assert(D && "Cannot refer to a NULL declaration");
916 DeclarationName Name = D->getDeclName();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000917
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000918 // If this is an expression of the form &Class::member, don't build an
919 // implicit member ref, because we want a pointer to the member in general,
920 // not any specific instance's member.
921 if (isAddressOfOperand && SS && !SS->isEmpty() && !HasTrailingLParen) {
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +0000922 DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregor2ada0482009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000923 if (D && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000924 QualType DType;
925 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
926 DType = FD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
927 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
928 DType = Method->getType();
929 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
930 DType = Context.OverloadTy;
931 }
932 // Could be an inner type. That's diagnosed below, so ignore it here.
933 if (!DType.isNull()) {
934 // The pointer is type- and value-dependent if it points into something
935 // dependent.
Douglas Gregor82dbbd72009-05-29 14:49:33 +0000936 bool Dependent = DC->isDependentContext();
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000937 return BuildDeclRefExpr(D, DType, Loc, Dependent, Dependent, SS);
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000938 }
939 }
940 }
941
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000942 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
943 // (C++ [class.union]).
944 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D))
945 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
946 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000947
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000948 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
949 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000950 // C++ [class.mfct.nonstatic]p2:
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000951 // [...] if name lookup (3.4.1) resolves the name in the
952 // id-expression to a nonstatic nontype member of class X or of
953 // a base class of X, the id-expression is transformed into a
954 // class member access expression (5.2.5) using (*this) (9.3.2)
955 // as the postfix-expression to the left of the '.' operator.
956 DeclContext *Ctx = 0;
957 QualType MemberType;
958 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
959 Ctx = FD->getDeclContext();
960 MemberType = FD->getType();
961
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000962 if (const ReferenceType *RefType = MemberType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000963 MemberType = RefType->getPointeeType();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000964 else if (!FD->isMutable())
965 MemberType
966 = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType,
967 Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(MD->getTypeQualifiers()));
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000968 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
969 if (!Method->isStatic()) {
970 Ctx = Method->getParent();
971 MemberType = Method->getType();
972 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000973 } else if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +0000974 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000975 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +0000976 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl())) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000977 if (!Method->isStatic()) {
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +0000978 Ctx = Method->getParent();
979 MemberType = Context.OverloadTy;
980 }
981 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000982 } else if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000983 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +0000984 // FIXME: We need an abstraction for iterating over one or more function
985 // templates or functions. This code is far too repetitive!
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000986 for (OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000987 Func = Ovl->function_begin(),
988 FuncEnd = Ovl->function_end();
989 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +0000990 CXXMethodDecl *DMethod = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000991 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +0000992 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Func))
993 DMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl());
994 else
995 DMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Func);
996
997 if (DMethod && !DMethod->isStatic()) {
998 Ctx = DMethod->getDeclContext();
999 MemberType = Context.OverloadTy;
1000 break;
1001 }
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001002 }
1003 }
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001004
1005 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001006 QualType CtxType = Context.getTagDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx));
1007 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001008 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(CtxType)
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001009 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
1010 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, CtxType)) {
1011 // Build the implicit member access expression.
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001012 Expr *This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001013 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001014 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
Fariborz Jahanian3f150832009-07-29 19:40:11 +00001015 if (PerformObjectMemberConversion(This, D))
1016 return ExprError();
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00001017
Anders Carlsson99056f22009-09-11 05:54:14 +00001018 bool ShouldCheckUse = true;
1019 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
1020 // Don't diagnose the use of a virtual member function unless it's
1021 // explicitly qualified.
1022 if (MD->isVirtual() && (!SS || !SS->isSet()))
1023 ShouldCheckUse = false;
1024 }
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00001025
Anders Carlsson99056f22009-09-11 05:54:14 +00001026 if (ShouldCheckUse && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(D, Loc))
Anders Carlsson21776b72009-08-08 16:55:18 +00001027 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00001028 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, This, true, SS, D,
1029 Loc, MemberType));
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001030 }
1031 }
1032 }
1033 }
1034
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00001035 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidised983422008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001036 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
1037 if (MD->isStatic())
1038 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001039 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
1040 << FD->getDeclName());
Argyrios Kyrtzidised983422008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001041 }
1042
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001043 // Any other ways we could have found the field in a well-formed
1044 // program would have been turned into implicit member expressions
1045 // above.
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001046 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
1047 << FD->getDeclName());
Argyrios Kyrtzidised983422008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001048 }
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001049
Steve Naroff46ba1eb2007-04-03 23:13:13 +00001050 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001051 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << Name);
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +00001052 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001053 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << Name);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis08114892008-04-27 13:50:30 +00001054 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001055 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << Name);
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00001056
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001057 // Make the DeclRefExpr or BlockDeclRefExpr for the decl.
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001058 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D))
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001059 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Ovl, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
1060 false, false, SS);
Douglas Gregord32e0282009-02-09 23:23:08 +00001061 else if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001062 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Template, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
1063 false, false, SS);
Anders Carlsson938b1002009-08-29 01:06:32 +00001064 else if (UnresolvedUsingDecl *UD = dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingDecl>(D))
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001065 return BuildDeclRefExpr(UD, Context.DependentTy, Loc,
1066 /*TypeDependent=*/true,
Anders Carlsson938b1002009-08-29 01:06:32 +00001067 /*ValueDependent=*/true, SS);
1068
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001069 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001070
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001071 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
1072 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
1073 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
1074 // that overload resolution actually selects.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001075 bool ADL = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (!SS || !SS->isSet()) &&
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001076 HasTrailingLParen;
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001077 if (!(ADL && isa<FunctionDecl>(VD)) && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
1078 return ExprError();
1079
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001080 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
1081 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001082 return ExprError();
1083
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001084 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
1085 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
1086 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
1087 // the block is formed.
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001088 //
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001089 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
1090 // as they do not get snapshotted.
1091 //
1092 if (CurBlock && ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(CurBlock, VD)) {
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001093 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, VD);
Eli Friedman7fa3faa2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001094 QualType ExprTy = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001095 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00001096 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>())
Eli Friedman7fa3faa2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001097 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, true));
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001098 // This is to record that a 'const' was actually synthesize and added.
1099 bool constAdded = !ExprTy.isConstQualified();
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001100 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001101
Eli Friedman7fa3faa2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001102 ExprTy.addConst();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001103 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, false,
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001104 constAdded));
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001105 }
1106 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
1107 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001108
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001109 bool TypeDependent = false;
Douglas Gregor872ffce2008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001110 bool ValueDependent = false;
1111 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
1112 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001113 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
Douglas Gregor872ffce2008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001114 // - an identifier that was declared with a dependent type,
1115 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType())
1116 TypeDependent = true;
1117 // - FIXME: a template-id that is dependent,
1118 // - a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type,
1119 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName &&
1120 Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType())
1121 TypeDependent = true;
1122 // - a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
1123 // names a dependent type.
1124 else if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001125 for (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregor872ffce2008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001126 DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
1127 // FIXME: could stop early at namespace scope.
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001128 if (DC->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregor872ffce2008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001129 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
1130 if (Context.getTypeDeclType(Record)->isDependentType()) {
1131 TypeDependent = true;
1132 break;
1133 }
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001134 }
1135 }
1136 }
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001137
Douglas Gregor872ffce2008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001138 // C++ [temp.dep.constexpr]p2:
1139 //
1140 // An identifier is value-dependent if it is:
1141 // - a name declared with a dependent type,
1142 if (TypeDependent)
1143 ValueDependent = true;
1144 // - the name of a non-type template parameter,
1145 else if (isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(VD))
1146 ValueDependent = true;
1147 // - a constant with integral or enumeration type and is
1148 // initialized with an expression that is value-dependent
Eli Friedmandd49ee32009-06-11 01:11:20 +00001149 else if (const VarDecl *Dcl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD)) {
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001150 if (Dcl->getType().getCVRQualifiers() == Qualifiers::Const &&
Eli Friedmandd49ee32009-06-11 01:11:20 +00001151 Dcl->getInit()) {
1152 ValueDependent = Dcl->getInit()->isValueDependent();
1153 }
1154 }
Douglas Gregor872ffce2008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001155 }
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001156
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001157 return BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc,
1158 TypeDependent, ValueDependent, SS);
Chris Lattner17ed4872006-11-20 04:58:19 +00001159}
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001160
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001161Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
1162 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Chris Lattner6307f192008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001163 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001164
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001165 switch (Kind) {
Chris Lattner317e6ba2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001166 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
Chris Lattner6307f192008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001167 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
1168 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
1169 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001170 }
Chris Lattner317e6ba2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001171
Chris Lattnera81a0272008-01-12 08:14:25 +00001172 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
1173 // string.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001174
Anders Carlsson2fb08242009-09-08 18:24:21 +00001175 Decl *currentDecl = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
1176 if (!currentDecl) {
Chris Lattnerf45c5ec2008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001177 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
Anders Carlsson2fb08242009-09-08 18:24:21 +00001178 currentDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
Chris Lattnerf45c5ec2008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001179 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001180
Anders Carlsson0b209a82009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001181 QualType ResTy;
1182 if (cast<DeclContext>(currentDecl)->isDependentContext()) {
1183 ResTy = Context.DependentTy;
1184 } else {
1185 unsigned Length =
1186 PredefinedExpr::ComputeName(Context, IT, currentDecl).length();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001187
Anders Carlsson0b209a82009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001188 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001189 ResTy = Context.CharTy.withConst();
Anders Carlsson0b209a82009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001190 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
1191 }
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001192 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001193}
1194
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001195Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001196 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00001197 CharBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength());
1198 const char *ThisTokBegin = &CharBuffer[0];
1199 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001200
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00001201 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1202 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1203 if (Literal.hadError())
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001204 return ExprError();
Chris Lattneref24b382008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001205
1206 QualType type = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.CharTy : Context.IntTy;
1207
Sebastian Redl20614a72009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001208 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
1209 Literal.isWide(),
1210 type, Tok.getLocation()));
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00001211}
1212
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001213Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
1214 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +00001215 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
1216 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
Chris Lattner9240b3e2009-01-26 22:36:52 +00001217 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
Chris Lattnerc4c18192009-01-16 07:10:29 +00001218 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001219 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
Steve Naroff5faaef72009-01-20 19:53:53 +00001220 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +00001221 }
Ted Kremeneke9814182009-01-13 23:19:12 +00001222
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001223 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
Chris Lattnera1cf5f92008-09-30 20:53:45 +00001224 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
1225 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
Steve Naroff8160ea22007-03-06 01:09:46 +00001226 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001227
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001228 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
Steve Naroff8160ea22007-03-06 01:09:46 +00001229 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001230
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001231 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
Steve Naroff451d8f162007-03-12 23:22:38 +00001232 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +00001233 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001234 return ExprError();
1235
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001236 Expr *Res;
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001237
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001238 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Chris Lattnerec0a6d92007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001239 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001240 if (Literal.isFloat)
Chris Lattnerec0a6d92007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001241 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001242 else if (!Literal.isLong)
Chris Lattnerec0a6d92007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001243 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001244 else
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001245 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001246
1247 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
1248
Ted Kremenek3a2c9502007-11-29 00:56:49 +00001249 // isExact will be set by GetFloatValue().
1250 bool isExact = false;
Chris Lattnere4edb8e2009-06-29 17:34:55 +00001251 llvm::APFloat Val = Literal.GetFloatValue(Format, &isExact);
1252 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Val, isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001253
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001254 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001255 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001256 } else {
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001257 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001258
Neil Boothac582c52007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001259 // long long is a C99 feature.
1260 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
Neil Booth4a1ee052007-08-29 22:13:52 +00001261 Literal.isLongLong)
Neil Boothac582c52007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001262 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
1263
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001264 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001265 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001266
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001267 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
1268 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
1269 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001270 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1271 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001272 "long long is not intmax_t?");
Steve Naroff09ef4742007-03-09 23:16:33 +00001273 } else {
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001274 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
1275 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001276
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001277 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
1278 // be an unsigned int.
1279 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
1280
1281 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001282 unsigned Width = 0;
Chris Lattner7b939cf2007-08-23 21:58:08 +00001283 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
1284 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001285 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001286
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001287 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
1288 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
1289 // Does it fit in a signed int?
1290 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001291 Ty = Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001292 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001293 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001294 Width = IntSize;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001295 }
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001296 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001297
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001298 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001299 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001300 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001301
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001302 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
1303 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
1304 // Does it fit in a signed long?
1305 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001306 Ty = Context.LongTy;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001307 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001308 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001309 Width = LongSize;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001310 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001311 }
1312
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001313 // Finally, check long long if needed.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001314 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001315 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001316
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001317 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
1318 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
1319 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
1320 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001321 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001322 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001323 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001324 Width = LongLongSize;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001325 }
1326 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001327
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001328 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
1329 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001330 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001331 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001332 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001333 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001334 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001335
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001336 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
1337 ResultVal.trunc(Width);
Steve Naroff09ef4742007-03-09 23:16:33 +00001338 }
Sebastian Redl20614a72009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001339 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Steve Naroff09ef4742007-03-09 23:16:33 +00001340 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001341
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001342 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
1343 if (Literal.isImaginary)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001344 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001345 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001346
1347 return Owned(Res);
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001348}
1349
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001350Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
1351 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) {
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00001352 Expr *E = Val.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001353 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001354 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001355}
1356
Steve Naroff71b59a92007-06-04 22:22:31 +00001357/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00001358/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001359bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001360 SourceLocation OpLoc,
1361 const SourceRange &ExprRange,
1362 bool isSizeof) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001363 if (exprType->isDependentType())
1364 return false;
1365
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00001366 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
Chris Lattnerb1355b12009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001367 if (isa<FunctionType>(exprType)) {
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001368 // alignof(function) is allowed as an extension.
Chris Lattnerb1355b12009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001369 if (isSizeof)
1370 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
1371 return false;
1372 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001373
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001374 // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension.
Chris Lattnerb1355b12009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001375 if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001376 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
1377 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
Chris Lattnerb1355b12009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001378 return false;
1379 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001380
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001381 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001382 isSizeof ? diag::err_sizeof_incomplete_type :
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00001383 PDiag(diag::err_alignof_incomplete_type)
1384 << ExprRange))
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001385 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001386
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001387 // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) in 64-bit mode.
Fariborz Jahanian1dcb3222009-04-24 17:34:33 +00001388 if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI && exprType->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001389 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
Chris Lattnercd2a8c52009-04-24 22:30:50 +00001390 << exprType << isSizeof << ExprRange;
1391 return true;
Chris Lattner37920f52009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001392 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001393
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001394 return false;
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00001395}
1396
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001397bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1398 const SourceRange &ExprRange) {
1399 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001400
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001401 // alignof decl is always ok.
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001402 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
1403 return false;
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001404
1405 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
1406 if (E->isTypeDependent())
1407 return false;
1408
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001409 if (E->getBitField()) {
1410 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
1411 return true;
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001412 }
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001413
1414 // Alignment of a field access is always okay, so long as it isn't a
1415 // bit-field.
1416 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
Mike Stump212005c2009-07-22 18:58:19 +00001417 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001418 return false;
1419
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001420 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false);
1421}
1422
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001423/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001424Action::OwningExprResult
1425Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(QualType T, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001426 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1427 if (T.isNull())
1428 return ExprError();
1429
1430 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
1431 CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(T, OpLoc, R, isSizeOf))
1432 return ExprError();
1433
1434 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1435 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, T,
1436 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1437 R.getEnd()));
1438}
1439
1440/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
1441/// operand.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001442Action::OwningExprResult
1443Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001444 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1445 // Verify that the operand is valid.
1446 bool isInvalid = false;
1447 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
1448 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
1449 } else if (!isSizeOf) {
1450 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(E, OpLoc, R);
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001451 } else if (E->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001452 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
1453 isInvalid = true;
1454 } else {
1455 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, R, true);
1456 }
1457
1458 if (isInvalid)
1459 return ExprError();
1460
1461 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1462 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, E,
1463 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1464 R.getEnd()));
1465}
1466
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001467/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
1468/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
1469/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001470Action::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001471Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
1472 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
Chris Lattner0d8b1a12006-11-20 04:34:45 +00001473 // If error parsing type, ignore.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001474 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00001475
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001476 if (isType) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00001477 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
1478 QualType ArgTy = GetTypeFromParser(TyOrEx);
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001479 return CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgTy, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgRange);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001480 }
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001481
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001482 // Get the end location.
1483 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
1484 Action::OwningExprResult Result
1485 = CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgEx->getSourceRange());
1486
1487 if (Result.isInvalid())
1488 DeleteExpr(ArgEx);
1489
1490 return move(Result);
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001491}
1492
Chris Lattner709322b2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001493QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc, bool isReal) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001494 if (V->isTypeDependent())
1495 return Context.DependentTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001496
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001497 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001498 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>())
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001499 return CT->getElementType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001500
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001501 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
1502 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
1503 return V->getType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001504
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001505 // Reject anything else.
Chris Lattner709322b2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001506 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType()
1507 << (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001508 return QualType();
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001509}
1510
1511
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001512
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001513Action::OwningExprResult
1514Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1515 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) {
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001516 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
1517 Input = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Input));
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001518 Expr *Arg = (Expr *)Input.get();
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001519
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001520 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
1521 switch (Kind) {
1522 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
1523 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
1524 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
1525 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001526
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001527 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1528 (Arg->getType()->isRecordType() || Arg->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
1529 // Which overloaded operator?
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001530 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp =
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001531 (Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc)? OO_PlusPlus : OO_MinusMinus;
1532
1533 // C++ [over.inc]p1:
1534 //
1535 // [...] If the function is a member function with one
1536 // parameter (which shall be of type int) or a non-member
1537 // function with two parameters (the second of which shall be
1538 // of type int), it defines the postfix increment operator ++
1539 // for objects of that type. When the postfix increment is
1540 // called as a result of using the ++ operator, the int
1541 // argument will have value zero.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001542 Expr *Args[2] = {
1543 Arg,
1544 new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(Context.Target.getIntWidth(), 0,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001545 /*isSigned=*/true), Context.IntTy, SourceLocation())
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001546 };
1547
1548 // Build the candidate set for overloading
1549 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001550 AddOperatorCandidates(OverOp, S, OpLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001551
1552 // Perform overload resolution.
1553 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001554 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, OpLoc, Best)) {
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001555 case OR_Success: {
1556 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1557 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1558
1559 if (FnDecl) {
1560 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1561 // operator.
1562
1563 // Convert the arguments.
1564 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1565 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Arg, Method))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001566 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001567 } else {
1568 // Convert the arguments.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001569 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg,
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001570 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1571 "passing"))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001572 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001573 }
1574
1575 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001576 QualType ResultTy
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001577 = FnDecl->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001578 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001579
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001580 // Build the actual expression node.
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001581 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
Mike Stump82191d02009-02-19 02:54:59 +00001582 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001583 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1584
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001585 Input.release();
Douglas Gregor2517f332009-05-27 05:00:47 +00001586 Args[0] = Arg;
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001587 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OverOp, FnExpr,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001588 Args, 2, ResultTy,
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001589 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001590 } else {
1591 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1592 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1593 // operator node.
1594 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1595 "passing"))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001596 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001597
1598 break;
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001599 }
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001600 }
1601
Douglas Gregor66950a32009-09-30 21:46:01 +00001602 case OR_No_Viable_Function: {
1603 // No viable function; try checking this as a built-in operator, which
1604 // will fail and provide a diagnostic. Then, print the overload
1605 // candidates.
1606 OwningExprResult Result = CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(Input));
1607 assert(Result.isInvalid() &&
1608 "C++ postfix-unary operator overloading is missing candidates!");
1609 if (Result.isInvalid())
1610 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/false);
1611
1612 return move(Result);
1613 }
1614
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001615 case OR_Ambiguous:
1616 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1617 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1618 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1619 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001620 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001621
1622 case OR_Deleted:
1623 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1624 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1625 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1626 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1627 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1628 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001629 }
1630
1631 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1632 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1633 // build a built-in operation.
1634 }
1635
Eli Friedmanf32f0a72009-07-22 23:24:42 +00001636 Input.release();
1637 Input = Arg;
Eli Friedman6aea5752009-07-22 22:25:00 +00001638 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(Input));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001639}
1640
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001641Action::OwningExprResult
1642Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1643 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001644 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
1645 Base = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Base));
1646
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001647 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
1648 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001649
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001650 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregor7a77a6b2009-05-19 00:01:19 +00001651 (LHSExp->isTypeDependent() || RHSExp->isTypeDependent())) {
1652 Base.release();
1653 Idx.release();
1654 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
1655 Context.DependentTy, RLoc));
1656 }
1657
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001658 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001659 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
Eli Friedman254a1a22008-12-15 22:34:21 +00001660 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
1661 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
1662 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001663 // Add the appropriate overloaded operators (C++ [over.match.oper])
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001664 // to the candidate set.
1665 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
1666 Expr *Args[2] = { LHSExp, RHSExp };
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001667 AddOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, S, LLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
1668 SourceRange(LLoc, RLoc));
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001669
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001670 // Perform overload resolution.
1671 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001672 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, LLoc, Best)) {
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001673 case OR_Success: {
1674 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1675 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1676
1677 if (FnDecl) {
1678 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1679 // operator.
1680
1681 // Convert the arguments.
1682 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1683 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(LHSExp, Method) ||
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001684 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001685 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1686 "passing"))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001687 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001688 } else {
1689 // Convert the arguments.
1690 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp,
1691 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1692 "passing") ||
1693 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1694 FnDecl->getParamDecl(1)->getType(),
1695 "passing"))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001696 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001697 }
1698
1699 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001700 QualType ResultTy
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001701 = FnDecl->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001702 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001703
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001704 // Build the actual expression node.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001705 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
1706 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001707 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1708
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001709 Base.release();
1710 Idx.release();
Douglas Gregor2517f332009-05-27 05:00:47 +00001711 Args[0] = LHSExp;
1712 Args[1] = RHSExp;
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001713 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Subscript,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001714 FnExpr, Args, 2,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001715 ResultTy, LLoc));
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001716 } else {
1717 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1718 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1719 // operator node.
1720 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1721 "passing") ||
1722 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
1723 "passing"))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001724 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001725
1726 break;
1727 }
1728 }
1729
1730 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1731 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1732 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1733 break;
1734
1735 case OR_Ambiguous:
1736 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1737 << "[]"
1738 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1739 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001740 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001741
1742 case OR_Deleted:
1743 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1744 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1745 << "[]"
1746 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1747 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1748 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001749 }
1750
1751 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1752 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1753 // build a built-in operation.
1754 }
1755
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001756 // Perform default conversions.
1757 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(LHSExp);
1758 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHSExp);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001759
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001760 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00001761
Steve Naroffc1aadb12007-03-28 21:49:40 +00001762 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00001763 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001764 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00001765 // and index from the expression types.
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001766 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
1767 QualType ResultType;
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001768 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
1769 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1770 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1771 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001772 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001773 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1774 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001775 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001776 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattneraee0cfd2007-07-16 00:23:25 +00001777 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001778 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1779 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001780 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001781 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001782 LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001783 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1784 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1785 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001786 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001787 RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001788 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
1789 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1790 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
1791 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001792 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Chris Lattner41977962007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001793 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001794 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Nate Begemanc1bf0612009-01-18 00:45:31 +00001795
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001796 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1797 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001798 } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1799 // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by
1800 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion, it must be an array that
1801 // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't
1802 // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then
1803 // force the promotion here.
1804 Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1805 LHSExp->getSourceRange();
1806 ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy));
1807 LHSTy = LHSExp->getType();
1808
1809 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1810 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001811 ResultType = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001812 } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1813 // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case
1814 Diag(RHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1815 RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1816 ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy));
1817 RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
1818
1819 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1820 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001821 ResultType = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroffb3096442007-06-09 03:47:53 +00001822 } else {
Chris Lattner003af242009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001823 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value)
1824 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001825 }
Steve Naroffc1aadb12007-03-28 21:49:40 +00001826 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001827 if (!(IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() &&
1828 IndexExpr->getType()->isScalarType()) && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Chris Lattner003af242009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001829 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
1830 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffb29cdd52007-07-10 18:23:31 +00001831
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00001832 if ((IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_S) ||
Sam Weinigb7608d72009-09-14 20:14:57 +00001833 IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U))
1834 && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Sam Weinig914244e2009-09-14 01:58:58 +00001835 Diag(LLoc, diag::warn_subscript_is_char) << IndexExpr->getSourceRange();
1836
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001837 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001838 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
1839 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001840 // incomplete types are not object types.
1841 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
1842 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
1843 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1844 return ExprError();
1845 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001846
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001847 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001848 RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00001849 PDiag(diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type)
1850 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001851 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001852
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001853 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
1854 if (ResultType->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
1855 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface)
1856 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1857 return ExprError();
1858 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001859
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001860 Base.release();
1861 Idx.release();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001862 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001863 ResultType, RLoc));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001864}
1865
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001866QualType Sema::
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001867CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001868 const IdentifierInfo *CompName,
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001869 SourceLocation CompLoc) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001870 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAs<ExtVectorType>();
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001871
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001872 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001873 const char *compStr = CompName->getName();
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001874
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001875 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001876 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
1877 // to be selected.
1878 bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001879
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001880 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
1881 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
Nate Begeman0359e122009-06-25 21:06:09 +00001882 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's' || *compStr == 'S';
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001883
1884 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
1885 // names must come from the same set.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001886 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001887 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
1888 HalvingSwizzle = true;
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001889 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner7e152db2007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001890 do
1891 compStr++;
1892 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001893 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner7e152db2007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001894 do
1895 compStr++;
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001896 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Chris Lattner7e152db2007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001897 }
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001898
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001899 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001900 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
1901 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001902 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
1903 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001904 return QualType();
1905 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001906
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001907 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
1908 // operates on.
1909 if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001910 compStr = CompName->getName();
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001911
1912 if (HexSwizzle)
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001913 compStr++;
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001914
1915 while (*compStr) {
1916 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
1917 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
1918 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
1919 return QualType();
1920 }
1921 }
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001922 }
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001923
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001924 // If this is a halving swizzle, verify that the base type has an even
1925 // number of elements.
1926 if (HalvingSwizzle && (vecType->getNumElements() & 1U)) {
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001927 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_requires_even)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00001928 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001929 return QualType();
1930 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001931
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001932 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001933 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001934 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001935 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001936 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001937 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? vecType->getNumElements() / 2
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001938 : CompName->getLength();
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001939 if (HexSwizzle)
1940 CompSize--;
1941
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001942 if (CompSize == 1)
1943 return vecType->getElementType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001944
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001945 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001946 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001947 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
1948 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
1949 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
1950 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
Steve Naroffddf5a1d2007-07-29 16:33:31 +00001951 }
1952 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001953}
1954
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001955static Decl *FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(const ObjCProtocolDecl*PDecl,
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001956 IdentifierInfo *Member,
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001957 const Selector &Sel,
1958 ASTContext &Context) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001959
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001960 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PDecl->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member))
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001961 return PD;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00001962 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = PDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel))
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001963 return OMD;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001964
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001965 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PDecl->protocol_begin(),
1966 E = PDecl->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001967 if (Decl *D = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel,
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001968 Context))
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001969 return D;
1970 }
1971 return 0;
1972}
1973
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001974static Decl *FindGetterNameDecl(const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy,
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001975 IdentifierInfo *Member,
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001976 const Selector &Sel,
1977 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001978 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
1979 Decl *GDecl = 0;
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001980 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001981 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001982 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001983 GDecl = PD;
1984 break;
1985 }
1986 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00001987 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Sel)) {
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001988 GDecl = OMD;
1989 break;
1990 }
1991 }
1992 if (!GDecl) {
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001993 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001994 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
1995 // Search in the protocol-qualifier list of current protocol.
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001996 GDecl = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel, Context);
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001997 if (GDecl)
1998 return GDecl;
1999 }
2000 }
2001 return GDecl;
2002}
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +00002003
Fariborz Jahanian69ba9352009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002004/// FindMethodInNestedImplementations - Look up a method in current and
2005/// all base class implementations.
2006///
2007ObjCMethodDecl *Sema::FindMethodInNestedImplementations(
2008 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace,
2009 const Selector &Sel) {
2010 ObjCMethodDecl *Method = 0;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis43cee9352009-07-21 00:06:04 +00002011 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl = IFace->getImplementation())
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002012 Method = ImpDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002013
Fariborz Jahanian69ba9352009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002014 if (!Method && IFace->getSuperClass())
2015 return FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace->getSuperClass(), Sel);
2016 return Method;
2017}
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002018
2019Action::OwningExprResult
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002020Sema::BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002021 tok::TokenKind OpKind, SourceLocation MemberLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002022 DeclarationName MemberName,
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002023 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
2024 SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
2025 const TemplateArgument *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2026 unsigned NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
2027 SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
Douglas Gregor2b6ca462009-09-03 21:38:09 +00002028 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl, const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
2029 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope) {
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002030 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
2031 return ExprError();
2032
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002033 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
2034 Base = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Base));
2035
Anders Carlsson3cbc8592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002036 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002037 assert(BaseExpr && "no base expression");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002038
Steve Naroffeaaae462007-12-16 21:42:28 +00002039 // Perform default conversions.
2040 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002041
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002042 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002043 // If this is an Objective-C pseudo-builtin and a definition is provided then
2044 // use that.
2045 if (BaseType->isObjCIdType()) {
2046 // We have an 'id' type. Rather than fall through, we check if this
2047 // is a reference to 'isa'.
2048 if (BaseType != Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType) {
2049 BaseType = Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType;
2050 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType);
2051 }
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002052 }
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002053 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002054
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002055 // Handle properties on ObjC 'Class' types.
2056 if (OpKind == tok::period && BaseType->isObjCClassType()) {
2057 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
2058 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
2059 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
2060 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) {
2061 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
2062 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter;
2063 // FIXME: need to also look locally in the implementation.
2064 if ((Getter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Sel))) {
2065 // Check the use of this method.
2066 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2067 return ExprError();
2068 }
2069 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2070 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2071 Selector SetterSel =
2072 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2073 PP.getSelectorTable(), Member);
2074 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(SetterSel);
2075 if (!Setter) {
2076 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2077 // methods.
2078 Setter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, SetterSel);
2079 }
2080 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2081 if (!Setter)
2082 Setter = IFace->getCategoryClassMethod(SetterSel);
2083
2084 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2085 return ExprError();
2086
2087 if (Getter || Setter) {
2088 QualType PType;
2089
2090 if (Getter)
2091 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2092 else
2093 // Get the expression type from Setter's incoming parameter.
2094 PType = (*(Setter->param_end() -1))->getType();
2095 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2096 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr(Getter,
2097 PType,
2098 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2099 }
2100 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2101 << MemberName << BaseType);
2102 }
2103 }
2104
2105 if (BaseType->isObjCClassType() &&
2106 BaseType != Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType) {
2107 BaseType = Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType;
2108 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType);
2109 }
2110
Chris Lattner4befd732008-07-21 04:36:39 +00002111 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
2112 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00002113 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
Douglas Gregor2b6ca462009-09-03 21:38:09 +00002114 if (BaseType->isDependentType()) {
2115 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
2116 if (SS) {
2117 Qualifier = static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep());
2118 if (!FirstQualifierInScope)
2119 FirstQualifierInScope = FindFirstQualifierInScope(S, Qualifier);
2120 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002121
2122 return Owned(CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr, true,
Douglas Gregor308047d2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00002123 OpLoc, Qualifier,
Douglas Gregorc26e0f62009-09-03 16:14:30 +00002124 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Douglas Gregor308047d2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00002125 FirstQualifierInScope,
2126 MemberName,
2127 MemberLoc,
2128 HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
2129 LAngleLoc,
2130 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2131 NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
2132 RAngleLoc));
Douglas Gregor2b6ca462009-09-03 21:38:09 +00002133 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002134 else if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002135 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002136 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2137 ;
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002138 else
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002139 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2140 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
2141 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002142 } else if (BaseType->isDependentType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002143 // Require that the base type isn't a pointer type
Anders Carlsson524d5a42009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002144 // (so we'll report an error for)
2145 // T* t;
2146 // t.f;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002147 //
Anders Carlsson524d5a42009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002148 // In Obj-C++, however, the above expression is valid, since it could be
2149 // accessing the 'f' property if T is an Obj-C interface. The extra check
2150 // allows this, while still reporting an error if T is a struct pointer.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002151 const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>();
Anders Carlsson524d5a42009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002152
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002153 if (!PT || (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
Douglas Gregor2b6ca462009-09-03 21:38:09 +00002154 !PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType())) {
2155 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
2156 if (SS) {
2157 Qualifier = static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep());
2158 if (!FirstQualifierInScope)
2159 FirstQualifierInScope = FindFirstQualifierInScope(S, Qualifier);
2160 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002161
Douglas Gregor308047d2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00002162 return Owned(CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr::Create(Context,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002163 BaseExpr, false,
2164 OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor308047d2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00002165 Qualifier,
Douglas Gregorc26e0f62009-09-03 16:14:30 +00002166 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Douglas Gregor308047d2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00002167 FirstQualifierInScope,
2168 MemberName,
2169 MemberLoc,
2170 HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
2171 LAngleLoc,
2172 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2173 NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
2174 RAngleLoc));
Douglas Gregor2b6ca462009-09-03 21:38:09 +00002175 }
Anders Carlsson524d5a42009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002176 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002177
Chris Lattner4befd732008-07-21 04:36:39 +00002178 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access to fields
2179 // of the ObjC 'id' struct.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002180 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002181 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Douglas Gregored0cfbd2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00002182 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00002183 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag)
2184 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
Douglas Gregordd430f72009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002185 return ExprError();
2186
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002187 DeclContext *DC = RDecl;
2188 if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
2189 // If the member name was a qualified-id, look into the
2190 // nested-name-specifier.
2191 DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002192
2193 // FIXME: If DC is not computable, we should build a
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002194 // CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr.
2195 assert(DC && "Cannot handle non-computable dependent contexts in lookup");
2196 }
2197
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002198 // The record definition is complete, now make sure the member is valid.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002199 LookupResult Result
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002200 = LookupQualifiedName(DC, MemberName, LookupMemberName, false);
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002201
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002202 if (!Result)
Anders Carlsson896c2302009-08-30 00:54:35 +00002203 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member_deprecated)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002204 << MemberName << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnerfe4847e2009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002205 if (Result.isAmbiguous()) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002206 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Result, MemberName, MemberLoc,
2207 BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002208 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerfe4847e2009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002209 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002210
Douglas Gregorc26e0f62009-09-03 16:14:30 +00002211 if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002212 QualType BaseTypeCanon
Douglas Gregorc26e0f62009-09-03 16:14:30 +00002213 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002214 QualType MemberTypeCanon
Douglas Gregorc26e0f62009-09-03 16:14:30 +00002215 = Context.getCanonicalType(
2216 Context.getTypeDeclType(
2217 dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(Result.getAsDecl()->getDeclContext())));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002218
Douglas Gregorc26e0f62009-09-03 16:14:30 +00002219 if (BaseTypeCanon != MemberTypeCanon &&
2220 !IsDerivedFrom(BaseTypeCanon, MemberTypeCanon))
2221 return ExprError(Diag(SS->getBeginLoc(),
2222 diag::err_not_direct_base_or_virtual)
2223 << MemberTypeCanon << BaseTypeCanon);
2224 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002225
Chris Lattnerfe4847e2009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002226 NamedDecl *MemberDecl = Result;
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002227
Chris Lattner303284a2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002228 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2229 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2230 // error cases.
2231 if (MemberDecl->isInvalidDecl())
2232 return ExprError();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002233
Anders Carlsson04e1e222009-09-10 20:48:14 +00002234 bool ShouldCheckUse = true;
2235 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2236 // Don't diagnose the use of a virtual member function unless it's
2237 // explicitly qualified.
2238 if (MD->isVirtual() && (!SS || !SS->isSet()))
2239 ShouldCheckUse = false;
2240 }
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00002241
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002242 // Check the use of this field
Anders Carlsson04e1e222009-09-10 20:48:14 +00002243 if (ShouldCheckUse && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(MemberDecl, MemberLoc))
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002244 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner303284a2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002245
Douglas Gregor55297ac2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002246 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002247 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
2248 // (C++ [class.union]).
2249 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00002250 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002251 BaseExpr, OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002252
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002253 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
Douglas Gregor55297ac2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002254 QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002255 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002256 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
2257 else {
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002258 Qualifiers BaseQuals = BaseType.getQualifiers();
2259 BaseQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
2260 if (FD->isMutable()) BaseQuals.removeConst();
2261
2262 Qualifiers MemberQuals
2263 = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers();
2264
2265 Qualifiers Combined = BaseQuals + MemberQuals;
2266 if (Combined != MemberQuals)
2267 MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, Combined);
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002268 }
Eli Friedman1242fff2008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002269
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002270 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, FD);
Fariborz Jahanian3f150832009-07-29 19:40:11 +00002271 if (PerformObjectMemberConversion(BaseExpr, FD))
2272 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002273 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002274 FD, MemberLoc, MemberType));
Chris Lattnerfe4847e2009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002275 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002276
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002277 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2278 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002279 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2280 Var, MemberLoc,
2281 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002282 }
2283 if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2284 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002285 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2286 MemberFn, MemberLoc,
2287 MemberFn->getType()));
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002288 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002289 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002290 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2291 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002292
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002293 if (HasExplicitTemplateArgs)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002294 return Owned(MemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
2295 (NestedNameSpecifier *)(SS? SS->getScopeRep() : 0),
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002296 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002297 FunTmpl, MemberLoc, true,
2298 LAngleLoc, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2299 NumExplicitTemplateArgs, RAngleLoc,
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002300 Context.OverloadTy));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002301
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002302 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2303 FunTmpl, MemberLoc,
2304 Context.OverloadTy));
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002305 }
Chris Lattnerfe4847e2009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002306 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002307 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2308 if (HasExplicitTemplateArgs)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002309 return Owned(MemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
2310 (NestedNameSpecifier *)(SS? SS->getScopeRep() : 0),
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002311 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002312 Ovl, MemberLoc, true,
2313 LAngleLoc, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2314 NumExplicitTemplateArgs, RAngleLoc,
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002315 Context.OverloadTy));
2316
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002317 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2318 Ovl, MemberLoc, Context.OverloadTy));
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002319 }
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002320 if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2321 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002322 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2323 Enum, MemberLoc, Enum->getType()));
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002324 }
Chris Lattnerfe4847e2009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002325 if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002326 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002327 << MemberName << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Eli Friedman1242fff2008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002328
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002329 // We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a
2330 // generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer
2331 // to this member with '.' or '->'.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002332 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2333 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002334 << MemberName << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002335 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002336
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002337 // Handle pseudo-destructors (C++ [expr.pseudo]). Since anything referring
2338 // into a record type was handled above, any destructor we see here is a
2339 // pseudo-destructor.
2340 if (MemberName.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
2341 // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002342 // The left hand side of the dot operator shall be of scalar type. The
2343 // left hand side of the arrow operator shall be of pointer to scalar
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002344 // type.
2345 if (!BaseType->isScalarType())
2346 return Owned(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_base_not_scalar)
2347 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002348
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002349 // [...] The type designated by the pseudo-destructor-name shall be the
2350 // same as the object type.
2351 if (!MemberName.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType() &&
2352 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(BaseType, MemberName.getCXXNameType()))
2353 return Owned(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch)
2354 << BaseType << MemberName.getCXXNameType()
2355 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange() << SourceRange(MemberLoc));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002356
2357 // [...] Furthermore, the two type-names in a pseudo-destructor-name of
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002358 // the form
2359 //
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002360 // ::[opt] nested-name-specifier[opt] type-name :: ̃ type-name
2361 //
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002362 // shall designate the same scalar type.
2363 //
2364 // FIXME: DPG can't see any way to trigger this particular clause, so it
2365 // isn't checked here.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002366
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002367 // FIXME: We've lost the precise spelling of the type by going through
2368 // DeclarationName. Can we do better?
2369 return Owned(new (Context) CXXPseudoDestructorExpr(Context, BaseExpr,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002370 OpKind == tok::arrow,
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002371 OpLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002372 (NestedNameSpecifier *)(SS? SS->getScopeRep() : 0),
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002373 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
2374 MemberName.getCXXNameType(),
2375 MemberLoc));
2376 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002377
Chris Lattnerdc420f42008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002378 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
2379 // (*Obj).ivar.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002380 if ((OpKind == tok::arrow && BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
2381 (OpKind == tok::period && BaseType->isObjCInterfaceType())) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002382 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002383 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002384 OPT ? OPT->getInterfaceType() : BaseType->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002385 if (IFaceT) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002386 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
2387
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002388 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = IFaceT->getDecl();
2389 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002390 ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IDecl->lookupInstanceVariable(Member, ClassDeclared);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002391
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002392 if (IV) {
2393 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2394 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2395 // error cases.
2396 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
2397 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002398
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002399 // Check whether we can reference this field.
2400 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, MemberLoc))
2401 return ExprError();
2402 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Public &&
2403 IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Package) {
2404 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassOfMethodDecl = 0;
2405 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
2406 ClassOfMethodDecl = MD->getClassInterface();
2407 else if (ObjCImpDecl && getCurFunctionDecl()) {
2408 // Case of a c-function declared inside an objc implementation.
2409 // FIXME: For a c-style function nested inside an objc implementation
2410 // class, there is no implementation context available, so we pass
2411 // down the context as argument to this routine. Ideally, this context
2412 // need be passed down in the AST node and somehow calculated from the
2413 // AST for a function decl.
2414 Decl *ImplDecl = ObjCImpDecl.getAs<Decl>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002415 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPD =
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002416 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ImplDecl))
2417 ClassOfMethodDecl = IMPD->getClassInterface();
2418 else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass =
2419 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ImplDecl))
2420 ClassOfMethodDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface();
2421 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002422
2423 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private) {
2424 if (ClassDeclared != IDecl ||
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002425 ClassOfMethodDecl != ClassDeclared)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002426 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_private_ivar_access)
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002427 << IV->getDeclName();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +00002428 } else if (!IDecl->isSuperClassOf(ClassOfMethodDecl))
2429 // @protected
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002430 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_protected_ivar_access)
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002431 << IV->getDeclName();
Steve Naroffd1b64be2009-03-04 18:34:24 +00002432 }
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002433
2434 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
2435 MemberLoc, BaseExpr,
2436 OpKind == tok::arrow));
Fariborz Jahaniana458c4f2009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002437 }
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002438 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002439 << IDecl->getDeclName() << MemberName
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002440 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Fariborz Jahanianb1378f92008-12-13 22:20:28 +00002441 }
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002442 }
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00002443 // Handle properties on 'id' and qualified "id".
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002444 if (OpKind == tok::period && (BaseType->isObjCIdType() ||
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00002445 BaseType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002446 const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002447 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002448
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002449 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002450 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002451 if (Decl *PMDecl = FindGetterNameDecl(QIdTy, Member, Sel, Context)) {
2452 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(PMDecl)) {
2453 // Check the use of this declaration
2454 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2455 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002456
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002457 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
2458 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2459 }
2460 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(PMDecl)) {
2461 // Check the use of this method.
2462 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc))
2463 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002464
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002465 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCMessageExpr(BaseExpr, Sel,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002466 OMD->getResultType(),
2467 OMD, OpLoc, MemberLoc,
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002468 NULL, 0));
2469 }
2470 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002471
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002472 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002473 << MemberName << BaseType);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002474 }
Chris Lattnerdc420f42008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002475 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
2476 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002477 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002478 if (OpKind == tok::period &&
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002479 (OPT = BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())) {
2480 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT = OPT->getInterfaceType();
2481 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFaceT->getDecl();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002482 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002483
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002484 // Search for a declared property first.
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002485 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = IFace->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002486 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2487 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2488 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanianb2ab73d2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002489 QualType ResTy = PD->getType();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002490 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002491 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Fariborz Jahanianfe9e3942009-05-08 20:20:55 +00002492 if (DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(PD, Getter, MemberLoc))
2493 ResTy = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahanianb2ab73d2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002494 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, ResTy,
Chris Lattner43df5562009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002495 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2496 }
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002497 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00002498 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
2499 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002500 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002501 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2502 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2503 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner43df5562009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002504
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002505 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner43df5562009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002506 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2507 }
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002508 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
2509 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002510 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002511 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2512 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2513 return ExprError();
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002514
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002515 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
2516 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2517 }
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002518 // If that failed, look for an "implicit" property by seeing if the nullary
2519 // selector is implemented.
2520
2521 // FIXME: The logic for looking up nullary and unary selectors should be
2522 // shared with the code in ActOnInstanceMessage.
2523
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002524 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002525 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002526
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002527 // If this reference is in an @implementation, check for 'private' methods.
2528 if (!Getter)
Fariborz Jahanian69ba9352009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002529 Getter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, Sel);
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002530
Steve Naroff1df62692008-10-22 19:16:27 +00002531 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1559d67b2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002532 if (!Getter)
2533 Getter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(Sel);
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002534 if (Getter) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002535 // Check if we can reference this property.
2536 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2537 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002538 }
2539 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2540 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002541 Selector SetterSel =
2542 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002543 PP.getSelectorTable(), Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002544 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002545 if (!Setter) {
2546 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2547 // methods.
Fariborz Jahanian69ba9352009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002548 Setter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002549 }
2550 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1559d67b2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002551 if (!Setter)
2552 Setter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002553
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002554 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2555 return ExprError();
2556
2557 if (Getter || Setter) {
2558 QualType PType;
2559
2560 if (Getter)
2561 PType = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahanian88cc2342009-08-18 20:50:23 +00002562 else
2563 // Get the expression type from Setter's incoming parameter.
2564 PType = (*(Setter->param_end() -1))->getType();
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002565 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
Fariborz Jahanian9a846652009-08-20 17:02:02 +00002566 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr(Getter, PType,
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002567 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2568 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002569 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002570 << MemberName << BaseType);
Fariborz Jahanian21f54ee2007-11-12 22:29:28 +00002571 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002572
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002573 // Handle the following exceptional case (*Obj).isa.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002574 if (OpKind == tok::period &&
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002575 BaseType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId) &&
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002576 MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("isa"))
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002577 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, false, MemberLoc,
2578 Context.getObjCIdType()));
2579
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002580 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
Chris Lattner6c7ce102009-02-16 21:11:58 +00002581 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType()) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002582 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002583 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
2584 if (ret.isNull())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002585 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002586 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, *Member,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002587 MemberLoc));
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002588 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002589
Douglas Gregor0b08ba42009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002590 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
2591 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2592
2593 // If the user is trying to apply -> or . to a function or function
2594 // pointer, it's probably because they forgot parentheses to call
2595 // the function. Suggest the addition of those parentheses.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002596 if (BaseType == Context.OverloadTy ||
Douglas Gregor0b08ba42009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002597 BaseType->isFunctionType() ||
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002598 (BaseType->isPointerType() &&
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002599 BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()->isFunctionType())) {
Douglas Gregor0b08ba42009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002600 SourceLocation Loc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BaseExpr->getLocEnd());
2601 Diag(Loc, diag::note_member_reference_needs_call)
2602 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "()");
2603 }
2604
2605 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00002606}
2607
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002608Action::OwningExprResult
2609Sema::ActOnMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation OpLoc,
2610 tok::TokenKind OpKind, SourceLocation MemberLoc,
2611 IdentifierInfo &Member,
2612 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl, const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002613 return BuildMemberReferenceExpr(S, move(Base), OpLoc, OpKind, MemberLoc,
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002614 DeclarationName(&Member), ObjCImpDecl, SS);
2615}
2616
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002617Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc,
2618 FunctionDecl *FD,
2619 ParmVarDecl *Param) {
2620 if (Param->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) {
2621 Diag (CallLoc,
2622 diag::err_use_of_default_argument_to_function_declared_later) <<
2623 FD << cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getDeclName();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002624 Diag(UnparsedDefaultArgLocs[Param],
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002625 diag::note_default_argument_declared_here);
2626 } else {
2627 if (Param->hasUninstantiatedDefaultArg()) {
2628 Expr *UninstExpr = Param->getUninstantiatedDefaultArg();
2629
2630 // Instantiate the expression.
Douglas Gregor01afeef2009-08-28 20:31:08 +00002631 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList ArgList = getTemplateInstantiationArgs(FD);
Anders Carlsson657bad42009-09-05 05:14:19 +00002632
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002633 InstantiatingTemplate Inst(*this, CallLoc, Param,
2634 ArgList.getInnermost().getFlatArgumentList(),
Douglas Gregor01afeef2009-08-28 20:31:08 +00002635 ArgList.getInnermost().flat_size());
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002636
John McCall76d824f2009-08-25 22:02:44 +00002637 OwningExprResult Result = SubstExpr(UninstExpr, ArgList);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002638 if (Result.isInvalid())
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002639 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002640
2641 if (SetParamDefaultArgument(Param, move(Result),
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002642 /*FIXME:EqualLoc*/
2643 UninstExpr->getSourceRange().getBegin()))
2644 return ExprError();
2645 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002646
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002647 Expr *DefaultExpr = Param->getDefaultArg();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002648
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002649 // If the default expression creates temporaries, we need to
2650 // push them to the current stack of expression temporaries so they'll
2651 // be properly destroyed.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002652 if (CXXExprWithTemporaries *E
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002653 = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXExprWithTemporaries>(DefaultExpr)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002654 assert(!E->shouldDestroyTemporaries() &&
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002655 "Can't destroy temporaries in a default argument expr!");
2656 for (unsigned I = 0, N = E->getNumTemporaries(); I != N; ++I)
2657 ExprTemporaries.push_back(E->getTemporary(I));
2658 }
2659 }
2660
2661 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
2662 return Owned(CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, Param));
2663}
2664
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002665/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
2666/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
2667/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
2668/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
2669/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
2670/// true if the call is ill-formed.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002671bool
2672Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002673 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002674 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002675 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2676 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002677 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002678 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
2679 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2680 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
Douglas Gregorb6b99612009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002681 bool Invalid = false;
2682
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002683 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
2684 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
2685 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
2686 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
2687 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
2688 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange();
2689 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
2690 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002691 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002692 }
2693
2694 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
2695 // them.
2696 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
2697 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
2698 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2699 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
2700 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange()
2701 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2702 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
2703 // This deletes the extra arguments.
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002704 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregorb6b99612009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002705 Invalid = true;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002706 }
2707 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
2708 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002709
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002710 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
2711 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
2712 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002713
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002714 Expr *Arg;
Douglas Gregor58354032008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002715 if (i < NumArgs) {
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002716 Arg = Args[i];
Douglas Gregor58354032008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002717
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002718 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2719 ProtoArgType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00002720 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
2721 << Arg->getSourceRange()))
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002722 return true;
2723
Douglas Gregor58354032008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002724 // Pass the argument.
2725 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, ProtoArgType, "passing"))
2726 return true;
Anders Carlsson84613c42009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002727 } else {
Anders Carlssonc80a1272009-08-25 02:29:20 +00002728 ParmVarDecl *Param = FDecl->getParamDecl(i);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002729
2730 OwningExprResult ArgExpr =
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002731 BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(Call->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2732 FDecl, Param);
2733 if (ArgExpr.isInvalid())
2734 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002735
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002736 Arg = ArgExpr.takeAs<Expr>();
Anders Carlsson84613c42009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002737 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002738
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002739 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2740 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002741
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002742 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
2743 if (Proto->isVariadic()) {
Anders Carlssona7d069d2009-01-16 16:48:51 +00002744 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicFunction;
2745 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
2746 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
2747 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
2748 CallType = VariadicMethod;
2749
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002750 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
2751 for (unsigned i = NumArgsInProto; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2752 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00002753 Invalid |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002754 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2755 }
2756 }
2757
Douglas Gregorb6b99612009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002758 return Invalid;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002759}
2760
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002761/// \brief "Deconstruct" the function argument of a call expression to find
2762/// the underlying declaration (if any), the name of the called function,
2763/// whether argument-dependent lookup is available, whether it has explicit
2764/// template arguments, etc.
2765void Sema::DeconstructCallFunction(Expr *FnExpr,
2766 NamedDecl *&Function,
2767 DeclarationName &Name,
2768 NestedNameSpecifier *&Qualifier,
2769 SourceRange &QualifierRange,
2770 bool &ArgumentDependentLookup,
2771 bool &HasExplicitTemplateArguments,
2772 const TemplateArgument *&ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2773 unsigned &NumExplicitTemplateArgs) {
2774 // Set defaults for all of the output parameters.
2775 Function = 0;
2776 Name = DeclarationName();
2777 Qualifier = 0;
2778 QualifierRange = SourceRange();
2779 ArgumentDependentLookup = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus;
2780 HasExplicitTemplateArguments = false;
2781
2782 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
2783 // Also, in C++, keep track of whether we should perform argument-dependent
2784 // lookup and whether there were any explicitly-specified template arguments.
2785 while (true) {
2786 if (ImplicitCastExpr *IcExpr = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(FnExpr))
2787 FnExpr = IcExpr->getSubExpr();
2788 else if (ParenExpr *PExpr = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2789 // Parentheses around a function disable ADL
2790 // (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
2791 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
2792 FnExpr = PExpr->getSubExpr();
2793 } else if (isa<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr) &&
2794 cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getOpcode()
2795 == UnaryOperator::AddrOf) {
2796 FnExpr = cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getSubExpr();
2797 } else if (QualifiedDeclRefExpr *QDRExpr
2798 = dyn_cast<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2799 // Qualified names disable ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
2800 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
2801 Qualifier = QDRExpr->getQualifier();
2802 QualifierRange = QDRExpr->getQualifierRange();
2803 Function = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(QDRExpr->getDecl());
2804 break;
2805 } else if (DeclRefExpr *DRExpr = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2806 Function = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
2807 break;
2808 } else if (UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr *DepName
2809 = dyn_cast<UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2810 Name = DepName->getName();
2811 break;
2812 } else if (TemplateIdRefExpr *TemplateIdRef
2813 = dyn_cast<TemplateIdRefExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2814 Function = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl();
2815 if (!Function)
2816 Function = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateName().getAsOverloadedFunctionDecl();
2817 HasExplicitTemplateArguments = true;
2818 ExplicitTemplateArgs = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateArgs();
2819 NumExplicitTemplateArgs = TemplateIdRef->getNumTemplateArgs();
2820
2821 // C++ [temp.arg.explicit]p6:
2822 // [Note: For simple function names, argument dependent lookup (3.4.2)
2823 // applies even when the function name is not visible within the
2824 // scope of the call. This is because the call still has the syntactic
2825 // form of a function call (3.4.1). But when a function template with
2826 // explicit template arguments is used, the call does not have the
2827 // correct syntactic form unless there is a function template with
2828 // that name visible at the point of the call. If no such name is
2829 // visible, the call is not syntactically well-formed and
2830 // argument-dependent lookup does not apply. If some such name is
2831 // visible, argument dependent lookup applies and additional function
2832 // templates may be found in other namespaces.
2833 //
2834 // The summary of this paragraph is that, if we get to this point and the
2835 // template-id was not a qualified name, then argument-dependent lookup
2836 // is still possible.
2837 if ((Qualifier = TemplateIdRef->getQualifier())) {
2838 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
2839 QualifierRange = TemplateIdRef->getQualifierRange();
2840 }
2841 break;
2842 } else {
2843 // Any kind of name that does not refer to a declaration (or
2844 // set of declarations) disables ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3).
2845 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
2846 break;
2847 }
2848 }
2849}
2850
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002851/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00002852/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
2853/// locations.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002854Action::OwningExprResult
2855Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2856 MultiExprArg args,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002857 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002858 unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002859
2860 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
2861 fn = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(fn));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002862
Anders Carlsson3cbc8592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002863 Expr *Fn = fn.takeAs<Expr>();
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002864 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release());
Chris Lattner38dbdb22007-07-21 03:03:59 +00002865 assert(Fn && "no function call expression");
Chris Lattneraa9c7ae2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002866 FunctionDecl *FDecl = NULL;
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002867 NamedDecl *NDecl = NULL;
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002868 DeclarationName UnqualifiedName;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002869
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002870 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002871 // If this is a pseudo-destructor expression, build the call immediately.
2872 if (isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(Fn)) {
2873 if (NumArgs > 0) {
2874 // Pseudo-destructor calls should not have any arguments.
2875 Diag(Fn->getLocStart(), diag::err_pseudo_dtor_call_with_args)
2876 << CodeModificationHint::CreateRemoval(
2877 SourceRange(Args[0]->getLocStart(),
2878 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002879
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002880 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I)
2881 Args[I]->Destroy(Context);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002882
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002883 NumArgs = 0;
2884 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002885
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002886 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, 0, 0, Context.VoidTy,
2887 RParenLoc));
2888 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002889
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002890 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002891 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00002892 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in
2893 // Fn.
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002894 bool Dependent = false;
2895 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
2896 Dependent = true;
2897 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
2898 Dependent = true;
2899
2900 if (Dependent)
Ted Kremenekd7b4f402009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002901 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002902 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
2903
2904 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
2905 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
2906 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2907 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
2908
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002909 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002910 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Fn->IgnoreParens())) {
2911 NamedDecl *MemDecl = MemExpr->getMemberDecl();
2912 if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemDecl) ||
2913 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemDecl) ||
2914 (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemDecl) &&
2915 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(
2916 cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemDecl)->getTemplatedDecl())))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002917 return Owned(BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2918 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002919 }
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002920 }
2921
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002922 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002923 // Also, in C++, keep track of whether we should perform argument-dependent
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002924 // lookup and whether there were any explicitly-specified template arguments.
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002925 bool ADL = true;
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002926 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
2927 const TemplateArgument *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
2928 unsigned NumExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002929 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
2930 SourceRange QualifierRange;
2931 DeconstructCallFunction(Fn, NDecl, UnqualifiedName, Qualifier, QualifierRange,
2932 ADL,HasExplicitTemplateArgs, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2933 NumExplicitTemplateArgs);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002934
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002935 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = 0;
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002936 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0;
Douglas Gregora727cb92009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002937 if (NDecl) {
2938 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
2939 if ((FunctionTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(NDecl)))
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002940 FDecl = FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl();
2941 else
Douglas Gregora727cb92009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002942 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
2943 Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(NDecl);
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002944 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002945
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002946 if (Ovl || FunctionTemplate ||
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002947 (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (FDecl || UnqualifiedName))) {
Douglas Gregorb9063fc2009-02-13 23:20:09 +00002948 // We don't perform ADL for implicit declarations of builtins.
Douglas Gregor15fc9562009-09-12 00:22:50 +00002949 if (FDecl && FDecl->getBuiltinID() && FDecl->isImplicit())
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002950 ADL = false;
2951
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002952 // We don't perform ADL in C.
2953 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2954 ADL = false;
2955
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002956 if (Ovl || FunctionTemplate || ADL) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002957 FDecl = ResolveOverloadedCallFn(Fn, NDecl, UnqualifiedName,
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002958 HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
2959 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2960 NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002961 LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs, CommaLocs,
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002962 RParenLoc, ADL);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002963 if (!FDecl)
2964 return ExprError();
2965
2966 // Update Fn to refer to the actual function selected.
2967 Expr *NewFn = 0;
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002968 if (Qualifier)
Douglas Gregorf21eb492009-03-26 23:50:42 +00002969 NewFn = new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002970 Fn->getLocStart(),
Douglas Gregorf21eb492009-03-26 23:50:42 +00002971 false, false,
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002972 QualifierRange,
2973 Qualifier);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002974 else
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002975 NewFn = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002976 Fn->getLocStart());
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002977 Fn->Destroy(Context);
2978 Fn = NewFn;
2979 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002980 }
Chris Lattneraa9c7ae2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002981
2982 // Promote the function operand.
2983 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
2984
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002985 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
2986 // of arguments and function on error.
Ted Kremenekd7b4f402009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002987 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
2988 Args, NumArgs,
2989 Context.BoolTy,
2990 RParenLoc));
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002991
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002992 const FunctionType *FuncT;
2993 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
2994 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
2995 // have type pointer to function".
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002996 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002997 if (PT == 0)
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002998 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2999 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003000 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003001 } else { // This is a block call.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003002 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003003 getAs<FunctionType>();
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003004 }
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003005 if (FuncT == 0)
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003006 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
3007 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
3008
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003009 // Check for a valid return type
3010 if (!FuncT->getResultType()->isVoidType() &&
3011 RequireCompleteType(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
3012 FuncT->getResultType(),
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003013 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_return)
3014 << TheCall->getSourceRange()))
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003015 return ExprError();
3016
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003017 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
Douglas Gregor786ab212008-10-29 02:00:59 +00003018 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003019
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003020 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) {
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003021 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003022 RParenLoc))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003023 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003024 } else {
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003025 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003026
Douglas Gregord8e97de2009-04-02 15:37:10 +00003027 if (FDecl) {
3028 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
3029 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
3030 const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisddcd1322009-06-30 02:35:26 +00003031 if (FDecl->getBody(Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size()) {
Eli Friedmanfcbf7d22009-06-01 09:24:59 +00003032 const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003033 Def->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Eli Friedmanfcbf7d22009-06-01 09:24:59 +00003034 if (!Proto || !(Proto->isVariadic() && NumArgs >= Def->param_size())) {
3035 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
3036 << (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
3037 }
3038 }
Douglas Gregord8e97de2009-04-02 15:37:10 +00003039 }
3040
Steve Naroff0b661582007-08-28 23:30:39 +00003041 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003042 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
3043 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
3044 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003045 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
3046 Arg->getType(),
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003047 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
3048 << Arg->getSourceRange()))
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003049 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003050 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
Steve Naroff0b661582007-08-28 23:30:39 +00003051 }
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00003052 }
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003053
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003054 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
3055 if (!Method->isStatic())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003056 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
3057 << Fn->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003058
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +00003059 // Check for sentinels
3060 if (NDecl)
3061 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003062
Chris Lattnerb87b1b32007-08-10 20:18:51 +00003063 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
Anders Carlssonbc4c1072009-08-16 01:56:34 +00003064 if (FDecl) {
3065 if (CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.get()))
3066 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003067
Douglas Gregor15fc9562009-09-12 00:22:50 +00003068 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FDecl->getBuiltinID())
Anders Carlssonbc4c1072009-08-16 01:56:34 +00003069 return CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall.take());
3070 } else if (NDecl) {
3071 if (CheckBlockCall(NDecl, TheCall.get()))
3072 return ExprError();
3073 }
Chris Lattnerb87b1b32007-08-10 20:18:51 +00003074
Anders Carlssonf8984012009-08-16 03:06:32 +00003075 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.take());
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003076}
3077
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003078Action::OwningExprResult
3079Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
3080 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003081 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00003082 //FIXME: Preserve type source info.
3083 QualType literalType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty);
Steve Naroff57eb2c52007-07-19 21:32:11 +00003084 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003085 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003086 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get());
Anders Carlsson2c1ec6d2007-12-05 07:24:19 +00003087
Eli Friedman37a186d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00003088 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003089 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003090 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
3091 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
Douglas Gregor1c37d9e2009-05-21 23:48:18 +00003092 } else if (!literalType->isDependentType() &&
3093 RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003094 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003095 << SourceRange(LParenLoc,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003096 literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003097 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman37a186d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00003098
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003099 if (CheckInitializerTypes(literalExpr, literalType, LParenLoc,
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003100 DeclarationName(), /*FIXME:DirectInit=*/false))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003101 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffd32419d2008-01-14 18:19:28 +00003102
Chris Lattner79413952008-12-04 23:50:19 +00003103 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Steve Naroffd32419d2008-01-14 18:19:28 +00003104 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
Steve Naroff98f72032008-01-10 22:15:12 +00003105 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003106 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff98f72032008-01-10 22:15:12 +00003107 }
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003108 InitExpr.release();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003109 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, literalType,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003110 literalExpr, isFileScope));
Steve Narofffbd09832007-07-19 01:06:55 +00003111}
3112
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003113Action::OwningExprResult
3114Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003115 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
3116 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
3117 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release());
Anders Carlsson4692db02007-08-31 04:56:16 +00003118
Steve Naroff30d242c2007-09-15 18:49:24 +00003119 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003120 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003121
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003122 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LBraceLoc, InitList, NumInit,
Douglas Gregor347f7ea2009-01-28 21:54:33 +00003123 RBraceLoc);
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003124 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003125 return Owned(E);
Steve Narofffbd09832007-07-19 01:06:55 +00003126}
3127
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003128/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
Sebastian Redl955a0672009-07-29 13:50:23 +00003129bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003130 CastExpr::CastKind& Kind,
Fariborz Jahanian1cec0c42009-08-26 18:55:36 +00003131 CXXMethodDecl *& ConversionDecl,
3132 bool FunctionalStyle) {
Sebastian Redl9f831db2009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003133 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
Fariborz Jahanian1cec0c42009-08-26 18:55:36 +00003134 return CXXCheckCStyleCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind, FunctionalStyle,
3135 ConversionDecl);
Sebastian Redl9f831db2009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003136
Eli Friedmanda8d4de2009-08-15 19:02:19 +00003137 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(castExpr);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003138
3139 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
3140 // type needs to be scalar.
3141 if (castType->isVoidType()) {
3142 // Cast to void allows any expr type.
3143 } else if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003144 if (Context.getCanonicalType(castType).getUnqualifiedType() ==
3145 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType().getUnqualifiedType()) &&
3146 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
3147 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003148 // FIXME: Check that the cast destination type is complete.
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003149 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
3150 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssonec143772009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003151 Kind = CastExpr::CK_NoOp;
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003152 } else if (castType->isUnionType()) {
3153 // GCC cast to union extension
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003154 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003155 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003156 for (Field = RD->field_begin(), FieldEnd = RD->field_end();
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003157 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
3158 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Field->getType()).getUnqualifiedType() ==
3159 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType()) {
3160 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
3161 << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3162 break;
3163 }
3164 }
3165 if (Field == FieldEnd)
3166 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
3167 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssonec143772009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003168 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToUnion;
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003169 } else {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003170 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003171 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003172 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003173 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003174 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003175 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003176 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3177 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003178 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003179 } else if (castType->isExtVectorType()) {
3180 if (CheckExtVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType()))
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003181 return true;
3182 } else if (castType->isVectorType()) {
3183 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType()))
3184 return true;
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003185 } else if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3186 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType))
3187 return true;
Steve Naroff3f49fee2009-03-04 15:11:40 +00003188 } else if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && isa<ObjCSuperExpr>(castExpr)) {
Steve Naroffb47acdb2009-04-08 23:52:26 +00003189 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_illegal_super_cast) << TyR;
Eli Friedmanf4e3ad62009-05-01 02:23:58 +00003190 } else if (!castType->isArithmeticType()) {
3191 QualType castExprType = castExpr->getType();
3192 if (!castExprType->isIntegralType() && castExprType->isArithmeticType())
3193 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3194 diag::err_cast_pointer_from_non_pointer_int)
3195 << castExprType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3196 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3197 if (!castType->isIntegralType() && castType->isArithmeticType())
3198 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3199 diag::err_cast_pointer_to_non_pointer_int)
3200 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003201 }
Fariborz Jahanian88fead82009-05-22 21:42:52 +00003202 if (isa<ObjCSelectorExpr>(castExpr))
3203 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_cast_selector_expr);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003204 return false;
3205}
3206
Chris Lattner6c9ffe92007-12-20 00:44:32 +00003207bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty) {
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003208 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003209
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003210 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00003211 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003212 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003213 Ty->isVectorType() ?
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003214 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003215 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003216 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003217 } else
3218 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003219 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003220 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003221
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003222 return false;
3223}
3224
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003225bool Sema::CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, QualType SrcTy) {
3226 assert(DestTy->isExtVectorType() && "Not an extended vector type!");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003227
Nate Begemanc8961a42009-06-27 22:05:55 +00003228 // If SrcTy is a VectorType, the total size must match to explicitly cast to
3229 // an ExtVectorType.
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003230 if (SrcTy->isVectorType()) {
3231 if (Context.getTypeSize(DestTy) != Context.getTypeSize(SrcTy))
3232 return Diag(R.getBegin(),diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_ext_vectors)
3233 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
3234 return false;
3235 }
3236
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003237 // All non-pointer scalars can be cast to ExtVector type. The appropriate
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003238 // conversion will take place first from scalar to elt type, and then
3239 // splat from elt type to vector.
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003240 if (SrcTy->isPointerType())
3241 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
3242 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
3243 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003244 return false;
3245}
3246
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003247Action::OwningExprResult
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003248Sema::ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003249 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
Anders Carlssonf10e4142009-08-07 22:21:05 +00003250 CastExpr::CastKind Kind = CastExpr::CK_Unknown;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003251
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003252 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) &&
3253 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Steve Naroff1a2cf6b2007-07-16 23:25:18 +00003254
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003255 Expr *castExpr = (Expr *)Op.get();
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00003256 //FIXME: Preserve type source info.
3257 QualType castType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003258
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003259 // If the Expr being casted is a ParenListExpr, handle it specially.
3260 if (isa<ParenListExpr>(castExpr))
3261 return ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(S, LParenLoc, RParenLoc, move(Op),castType);
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003262 CXXMethodDecl *Method = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003263 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), castType, castExpr,
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003264 Kind, Method))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003265 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003266
3267 if (Method) {
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003268 OwningExprResult CastArg = BuildCXXCastArgument(LParenLoc, castType, Kind,
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003269 Method, move(Op));
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003270
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003271 if (CastArg.isInvalid())
3272 return ExprError();
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003273
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003274 castExpr = CastArg.takeAs<Expr>();
3275 } else {
3276 Op.release();
Fariborz Jahanian3df87672009-08-29 19:15:16 +00003277 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003278
Sebastian Redl9f831db2009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003279 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(castType.getNonReferenceType(),
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003280 Kind, castExpr, castType,
Anders Carlssonf10e4142009-08-07 22:21:05 +00003281 LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003282}
3283
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003284/// This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a sequence
3285/// of comma binary operators.
3286Action::OwningExprResult
3287Sema::MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg EA) {
3288 Expr *expr = EA.takeAs<Expr>();
3289 ParenListExpr *E = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(expr);
3290 if (!E)
3291 return Owned(expr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003292
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003293 OwningExprResult Result(*this, E->getExpr(0));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003294
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003295 for (unsigned i = 1, e = E->getNumExprs(); i != e && !Result.isInvalid(); ++i)
3296 Result = ActOnBinOp(S, E->getExprLoc(), tok::comma, move(Result),
3297 Owned(E->getExpr(i)));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003298
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003299 return ActOnParenExpr(E->getLParenLoc(), E->getRParenLoc(), move(Result));
3300}
3301
3302Action::OwningExprResult
3303Sema::ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3304 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op,
3305 QualType Ty) {
3306 ParenListExpr *PE = (ParenListExpr *)Op.get();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003307
3308 // If this is an altivec initializer, '(' type ')' '(' init, ..., init ')'
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003309 // then handle it as such.
3310 if (getLangOptions().AltiVec && Ty->isVectorType()) {
3311 if (PE->getNumExprs() == 0) {
3312 Diag(PE->getExprLoc(), diag::err_altivec_empty_initializer);
3313 return ExprError();
3314 }
3315
3316 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> initExprs;
3317 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PE->getNumExprs(); i != e; ++i)
3318 initExprs.push_back(PE->getExpr(i));
3319
3320 // FIXME: This means that pretty-printing the final AST will produce curly
3321 // braces instead of the original commas.
3322 Op.release();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003323 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LParenLoc, &initExprs[0],
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003324 initExprs.size(), RParenLoc);
3325 E->setType(Ty);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003326 return ActOnCompoundLiteral(LParenLoc, Ty.getAsOpaquePtr(), RParenLoc,
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003327 Owned(E));
3328 } else {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003329 // This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003330 // sequence of BinOp comma operators.
3331 Op = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Op));
3332 return ActOnCastExpr(S, LParenLoc, Ty.getAsOpaquePtr(), RParenLoc,move(Op));
3333 }
3334}
3335
3336Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
3337 SourceLocation R,
3338 MultiExprArg Val) {
3339 unsigned nexprs = Val.size();
3340 Expr **exprs = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(Val.release());
3341 assert((exprs != 0) && "ActOnParenListExpr() missing expr list");
3342 Expr *expr = new (Context) ParenListExpr(Context, L, exprs, nexprs, R);
3343 return Owned(expr);
3344}
3345
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00003346/// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
3347/// In that case, lhs = cond.
Chris Lattner2c486602009-02-18 04:38:20 +00003348/// C99 6.5.15
3349QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(Expr *&Cond, Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
3350 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003351 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
3352 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
3353 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
3354
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003355 UsualUnaryConversions(Cond);
3356 UsualUnaryConversions(LHS);
3357 UsualUnaryConversions(RHS);
3358 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
3359 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
3360 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00003361
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003362 // first, check the condition.
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003363 if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
3364 Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
3365 << CondTy;
3366 return QualType();
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003367 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003368
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003369 // Now check the two expressions.
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003370 if (LHSTy->isVectorType() || RHSTy->isVectorType())
3371 return CheckVectorOperands(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS);
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00003372
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003373 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
3374 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003375 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
3376 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
3377 return LHS->getType();
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00003378 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003379
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003380 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
3381 // type.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003382 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
3383 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAs<RecordType>())
Chris Lattner2ab40a62007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003384 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003385 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003386 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003387 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003388 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003389 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003390
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003391 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
Steve Naroffbf1516c2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00003392 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003393 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
3394 if (!LHSTy->isVoidType())
3395 Diag(RHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
3396 << RHS->getSourceRange();
3397 if (!RHSTy->isVoidType())
3398 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
3399 << LHS->getSourceRange();
3400 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, Context.VoidTy);
3401 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman3e1852f2008-06-04 19:47:51 +00003402 return Context.VoidTy;
Steve Naroffbf1516c2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00003403 }
Steve Naroff039ad3c2008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003404 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
3405 // the type of the other operand."
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003406 if ((LHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00003407 RHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003408 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
3409 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroff039ad3c2008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003410 }
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003411 if ((RHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00003412 LHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003413 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
3414 return RHSTy;
Steve Naroff039ad3c2008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003415 }
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003416 // Handle things like Class and struct objc_class*. Here we case the result
3417 // to the pseudo-builtin, because that will be implicitly cast back to the
3418 // redefinition type if an attempt is made to access its fields.
3419 if (LHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
3420 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
3421 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy);
3422 return LHSTy;
3423 }
3424 if (RHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
3425 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
3426 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy);
3427 return RHSTy;
3428 }
3429 // And the same for struct objc_object* / id
3430 if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
3431 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
3432 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy);
3433 return LHSTy;
3434 }
3435 if (RHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
3436 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
3437 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy);
3438 return RHSTy;
3439 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003440 // Handle block pointer types.
3441 if (LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
3442 if (!LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || !RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
3443 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() || RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
3444 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003445 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003446 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType);
3447 return destType;
3448 }
3449 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3450 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3451 return QualType();
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003452 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003453 // We have 2 block pointer types.
3454 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3455 // Two identical block pointer types are always compatible.
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003456 return LHSTy;
3457 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003458 // The block pointer types aren't identical, continue checking.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003459 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3460 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003461
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003462 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3463 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003464 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
3465 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3466 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3467 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3468 // to get a consistent AST.
3469 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
3470 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
3471 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
3472 return incompatTy;
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003473 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003474 // The block pointer types are compatible.
3475 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy);
3476 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy);
Steve Naroffea4c7802009-04-08 17:05:15 +00003477 return LHSTy;
3478 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003479 // Check constraints for Objective-C object pointers types.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003480 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003481
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003482 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3483 // Two identical object pointer types are always compatible.
3484 return LHSTy;
3485 }
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003486 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
3487 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003488 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003489
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003490 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
3491 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
3492 // type. This allows
3493 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
3494 // where B is a subclass of A.
3495 //
3496 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
3497 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
3498 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
3499 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
3500
3501 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
3502 // It could return the composite type.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003503 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)) {
Fariborz Jahaniana83c0162009-08-22 22:27:17 +00003504 compositeType = RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? RHSTy : LHSTy;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003505 } else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT)) {
Fariborz Jahaniana83c0162009-08-22 22:27:17 +00003506 compositeType = LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? LHSTy : RHSTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003507 } else if ((LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003508 RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003509 Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003510 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003511 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
3512 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
3513 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
3514 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
3515 } else if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCIdType()) {
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003516 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
3517 } else {
3518 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3519 << LHSTy << RHSTy
3520 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3521 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
3522 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
3523 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
3524 return incompatTy;
3525 }
3526 // The object pointer types are compatible.
3527 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType);
3528 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType);
3529 return compositeType;
3530 }
Steve Naroff85d97152009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003531 // Check Objective-C object pointer types and 'void *'
3532 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003533 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003534 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003535 QualType destPointee
3536 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff85d97152009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003537 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
3538 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
3539 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
3540 return destType;
3541 }
3542 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003543 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003544 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003545 QualType destPointee
3546 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff85d97152009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003547 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
3548 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
3549 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // promote to void*
3550 return destType;
3551 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003552 // Check constraints for C object pointers types (C99 6.5.15p3,6).
3553 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isPointerType()) {
3554 // get the "pointed to" types
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003555 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3556 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003557
3558 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
3559 if (lhptee->isVoidType() && rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
3560 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003561 QualType destPointee
3562 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003563 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
3564 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
3565 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
3566 return destType;
3567 }
3568 if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003569 QualType destPointee
3570 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003571 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
3572 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
3573 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
3574 return destType;
3575 }
3576
3577 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3578 // Two identical pointer types are always compatible.
3579 return LHSTy;
3580 }
3581 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3582 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
3583 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
3584 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3585 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3586 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3587 // to get a consistent AST.
3588 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
3589 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
3590 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
3591 return incompatTy;
3592 }
3593 // The pointer types are compatible.
3594 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
3595 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
3596 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
3597 // type.
3598 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
3599 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
3600 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy);
3601 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy);
3602 return LHSTy;
3603 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003604
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003605 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch.
3606 if (RHSTy->isPointerType() && LHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3607 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3608 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3609 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the integer to a pointer.
3610 return RHSTy;
3611 }
3612 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3613 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3614 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3615 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the integer to a pointer.
3616 return LHSTy;
3617 }
Daniel Dunbar484603b2008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003618
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003619 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003620 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3621 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003622 return QualType();
Steve Narofff8a28c52007-05-15 20:29:32 +00003623}
3624
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003625/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003626/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003627Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
3628 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3629 ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS,
3630 ExprArg RHS) {
3631 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get();
3632 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get();
Chris Lattner2ab40a62007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003633
3634 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
3635 // was the condition.
3636 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
3637 if (isLHSNull)
3638 LHSExpr = CondExpr;
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003639
3640 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
Chris Lattnerdaaa9f22007-07-16 21:39:03 +00003641 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
Steve Narofff8a28c52007-05-15 20:29:32 +00003642 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003643 return ExprError();
3644
3645 Cond.release();
3646 LHS.release();
3647 RHS.release();
Douglas Gregor7e112b02009-08-26 14:37:04 +00003648 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr, QuestionLoc,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003649 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
Douglas Gregor7e112b02009-08-26 14:37:04 +00003650 ColonLoc, RHSExpr, result));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003651}
3652
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003653// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003654// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003655// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
3656// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
3657// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003658Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003659Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003660 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003661
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003662 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3663 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
3664 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3665 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
3666 return Compatible;
3667 }
3668
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00003669 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003670 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3671 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003672
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00003673 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003674 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3675 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00003676
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003677 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003678
3679 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
3680 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
3681 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Fariborz Jahanianece85822009-02-17 18:27:45 +00003682 // FIXME: Handle ExtQualType
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003683 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003684 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003685
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003686 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
3687 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003688 // version of void...
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003689 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003690 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003691 return ConvTy;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003692
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003693 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003694 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
3695 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003696 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003697
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003698 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003699 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003700 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003701
3702 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003703 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
3704 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003705 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003706 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003707 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003708 lhptee = lhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3709 rhptee = rhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3710 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) {
3711 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
3712 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
3713 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
3714 if (lhptee->isCharType()) {
3715 lhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
3716 } else if (lhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) {
3717 lhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhptee);
3718 }
3719 if (rhptee->isCharType()) {
3720 rhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
3721 } else if (rhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) {
3722 rhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rhptee);
3723 }
3724 if (lhptee == rhptee) {
3725 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
3726 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
3727 // warning can be disabled.
3728 if (ConvTy != Compatible)
3729 return ConvTy;
3730 return IncompatiblePointerSign;
3731 }
3732 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003733 return IncompatiblePointer;
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003734 }
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003735 return ConvTy;
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00003736}
3737
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003738/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
3739/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
3740/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
3741// types.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003742Sema::AssignConvertType
3743Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003744 QualType rhsType) {
3745 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003746
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003747 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003748 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3749 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003750
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003751 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
3752 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3753 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003754
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003755 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003756
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003757 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
3758 if (lhptee.getCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getCVRQualifiers())
3759 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003760
Eli Friedmana6638ca2009-06-08 05:08:54 +00003761 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003762 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003763 return ConvTy;
3764}
3765
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003766/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
3767/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
Steve Naroff17f76e02007-05-03 21:03:48 +00003768/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
3769///
3770/// int a, *pint;
3771/// short *pshort;
3772/// struct foo *pfoo;
3773///
3774/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3775/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
3776/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
3777/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3778///
3779/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003780/// C99 spec dictates.
Steve Naroff17f76e02007-05-03 21:03:48 +00003781///
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003782Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003783Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003784 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
3785 // them.
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003786 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
3787 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003788
3789 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerf5c973d2008-01-07 17:51:46 +00003790 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
Steve Naroff44fd8ff2007-07-24 21:46:40 +00003791
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003792 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3793 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
3794 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3795 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
3796 return Compatible;
3797 }
3798
Douglas Gregor6b754842008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003799 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
3800 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
3801 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
3802 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
3803 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
3804 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
3805 // type.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003806 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
Douglas Gregor6b754842008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003807 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
Anders Carlsson24ebce62007-10-12 23:56:29 +00003808 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003809 return Incompatible;
Fariborz Jahaniana1e34202007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003810 }
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003811 // Allow scalar to ExtVector assignments, and assignments of an ExtVector type
3812 // to the same ExtVector type.
3813 if (lhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
3814 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType())
3815 return lhsType == rhsType ? Compatible : Incompatible;
3816 if (!rhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
3817 return Compatible;
3818 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003819
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003820 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003821 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003822 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003823 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
Chris Lattner881a2122008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003824 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
3825 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003826 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003827 return IncompatibleVectors;
Chris Lattner881a2122008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003828 }
3829 return Incompatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003830 }
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003831
Chris Lattner881a2122008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003832 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003833 return Compatible;
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003834
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003835 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003836 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003837 return IntToPointer;
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003838
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003839 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003840 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003841
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003842 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003843 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003844 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3845 return Compatible;
3846 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003847 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003848 if (rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
3849 if (lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregore7dd1452008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003850 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003851
3852 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003853 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && lhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003854 return Compatible;
3855 }
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003856 return Incompatible;
3857 }
3858
3859 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3860 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Eli Friedman8163b7a2009-02-25 04:20:42 +00003861 return IntToBlockPointer;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003862
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003863 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003864 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && rhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003865 return Compatible;
3866
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003867 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3868 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003869
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003870 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003871 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregore7dd1452008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003872 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003873 }
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003874 return Incompatible;
3875 }
3876
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003877 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3878 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
3879 return IntToPointer;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003880
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003881 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003882 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003883 if (rhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3884 return Compatible;
3885 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003886 }
3887 if (rhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003888 if (lhsType->isObjCBuiltinType() || rhsType->isObjCBuiltinType())
3889 return Compatible;
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003890 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
3891 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003892 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
3893 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003894 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003895 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003896 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003897 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
3898 return Compatible;
3899 }
3900 // Treat block pointers as objects.
3901 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3902 return Compatible;
3903 return Incompatible;
3904 }
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003905 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003906 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003907 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
3908 return Compatible;
3909
3910 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003911 return PointerToInt;
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003912
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003913 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003914 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003915
3916 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003917 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregore7dd1452008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003918 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003919 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003920 }
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003921 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
3922 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
3923 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
3924 return Compatible;
3925
3926 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
3927 return PointerToInt;
3928
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003929 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003930 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003931 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3932 return Compatible;
3933 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003934 }
3935 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003936 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003937 return Compatible;
3938 return Incompatible;
3939 }
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003940
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003941 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003942 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003943 return Compatible;
Bill Wendling216423b2007-05-30 06:30:29 +00003944 }
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003945 return Incompatible;
Steve Naroff9eb24652007-05-02 21:58:15 +00003946}
3947
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003948/// \brief Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is
3949/// used to initialize the transparent union.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003950static void ConstructTransparentUnion(ASTContext &C, Expr *&E,
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003951 QualType UnionType, FieldDecl *Field) {
3952 // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member
3953 // of the transparent union.
3954 InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(SourceLocation(),
3955 &E, 1,
3956 SourceLocation());
3957 Initializer->setType(UnionType);
3958 Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field);
3959
3960 // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent
3961 // union type from this initializer list.
3962 E = new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), UnionType, Initializer,
3963 false);
3964}
3965
3966Sema::AssignConvertType
3967Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, Expr *&rExpr) {
3968 QualType FromType = rExpr->getType();
3969
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003970 // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003971 // transparent_union GCC extension.
3972 const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType();
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00003973 if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>())
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003974 return Incompatible;
3975
3976 // The field to initialize within the transparent union.
3977 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
3978 FieldDecl *InitField = 0;
3979 // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields.
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003980 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(),
3981 itend = UD->field_end();
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003982 it != itend; ++it) {
3983 if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) {
3984 // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow:
3985 // 1) void pointer
3986 // 2) null pointer constant
3987 if (FromType->isPointerType())
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003988 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003989 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType());
3990 InitField = *it;
3991 break;
3992 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003993
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00003994 if (rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
3995 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003996 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType());
3997 InitField = *it;
3998 break;
3999 }
4000 }
4001
4002 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), rExpr->getType())
4003 == Compatible) {
4004 InitField = *it;
4005 break;
4006 }
4007 }
4008
4009 if (!InitField)
4010 return Incompatible;
4011
4012 ConstructTransparentUnion(Context, rExpr, ArgType, InitField);
4013 return Compatible;
4014}
4015
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004016Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004017Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004018 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4019 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
4020 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
4021 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
4022 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +00004023 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
4024 "assigning"))
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004025 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner0d5640c2009-04-12 09:02:39 +00004026 return Compatible;
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004027 }
4028
4029 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
4030 // structures.
4031 }
4032
Steve Naroff0ee0b0a2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00004033 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
4034 // a null pointer constant.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004035 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() ||
4036 lhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004037 lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004038 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4039 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Chris Lattnera65e1f32008-01-16 19:17:22 +00004040 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType);
Steve Naroff0ee0b0a2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00004041 return Compatible;
4042 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004043
Chris Lattnere6dcd502007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004044 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004045 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
Steve Naroff30d242c2007-09-15 18:49:24 +00004046 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdentifierExpr), it would mess up the unary
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004047 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
Chris Lattnere6dcd502007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004048 //
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004049 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
Chris Lattnere6dcd502007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004050 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
4051 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(rExpr);
Steve Naroff0c1c7ed2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004052
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004053 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
4054 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004055
Steve Naroff0c1c7ed2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004056 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
4057 // type of the assignment expression.
Douglas Gregor6b754842008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004058 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
4059 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
4060 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
4061 // does not have reference type.
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004062 if (result != Incompatible && rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
Douglas Gregor6b754842008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004063 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType());
Steve Naroff0c1c7ed2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004064 return result;
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004065}
4066
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004067QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004068 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004069 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004070 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004071 return QualType();
Steve Naroff6f49f5d2007-05-29 14:23:36 +00004072}
4073
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004074inline QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex,
Steve Naroff7a5af782007-07-13 16:58:59 +00004075 Expr *&rex) {
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004076 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Nate Begeman002e4bd2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00004077 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004078 QualType lhsType =
4079 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
4080 QualType rhsType =
4081 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004082
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004083 // If the vector types are identical, return.
Nate Begeman002e4bd2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00004084 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Steve Naroff84ff4b42007-07-09 21:31:10 +00004085 return lhsType;
Nate Begeman330aaa72007-12-30 02:59:45 +00004086
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004087 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
4088 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004089 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) {
4090 // FIXME: Should we warn here?
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004091 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4092 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAs<VectorType>())
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004093 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004094 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) {
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004095 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType;
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004096 }
4097 }
4098 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004099
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004100 // Canonicalize the ExtVector to the LHS, remember if we swapped so we can
4101 // swap back (so that we don't reverse the inputs to a subtract, for instance.
4102 bool swapped = false;
4103 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
4104 swapped = true;
4105 std::swap(rex, lex);
4106 std::swap(rhsType, lhsType);
4107 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004108
Nate Begeman886448d2009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004109 // Handle the case of an ext vector and scalar.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004110 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<ExtVectorType>()) {
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004111 QualType EltTy = LV->getElementType();
4112 if (EltTy->isIntegralType() && rhsType->isIntegralType()) {
4113 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Nate Begeman886448d2009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004114 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType);
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004115 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
4116 return lhsType;
4117 }
4118 }
4119 if (EltTy->isRealFloatingType() && rhsType->isScalarType() &&
4120 rhsType->isRealFloatingType()) {
4121 if (Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Nate Begeman886448d2009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004122 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType);
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004123 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
4124 return lhsType;
4125 }
Nate Begeman330aaa72007-12-30 02:59:45 +00004126 }
4127 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004128
Nate Begeman886448d2009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004129 // Vectors of different size or scalar and non-ext-vector are errors.
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004130 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004131 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004132 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff84ff4b42007-07-09 21:31:10 +00004133 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004134}
4135
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004136inline QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004137 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Daniel Dunbar060d5e22009-01-05 22:42:10 +00004138 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004139 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004140
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004141 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004142
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004143 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004144 return compType;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004145 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004146}
4147
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004148inline QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004149 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Daniel Dunbar0d2bfec2009-01-05 22:55:36 +00004150 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4151 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
4152 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4153 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4154 }
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004155
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004156 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004157
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004158 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004159 return compType;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004160 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004161}
4162
4163inline QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004164 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004165 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4166 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4167 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
4168 return compType;
4169 }
Steve Naroff7a5af782007-07-13 16:58:59 +00004170
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004171 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004172
Steve Naroffe4718892007-04-27 18:30:00 +00004173 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004174 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() &&
4175 rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
4176 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004177 return compType;
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004178 }
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004179
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004180 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
4181 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004182 if (IExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType())
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004183 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
4184
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004185 if (PExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004186
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004187 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004188 QualType PointeeTy = PExp->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004189
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004190 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types.
4191 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004192 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4193 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00004194 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregordd430f72009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004195 return QualType();
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004196 }
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004197
4198 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
4199 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4200 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004201 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004202 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4203 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
4204 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
4205 return QualType();
4206 }
4207
4208 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4209 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
4210 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffa63372d2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00004211 } else {
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004212 // Check if we require a complete type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004213 if (((PExp->getType()->isPointerType() &&
Steve Naroffa63372d2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00004214 !PExp->getType()->isDependentType()) ||
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004215 PExp->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) &&
4216 RequireCompleteType(Loc, PointeeTy,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004217 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
4218 << PExp->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004219 << PExp->getType()))
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004220 return QualType();
4221 }
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004222 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
4223 if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
4224 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
4225 << PointeeTy << PExp->getSourceRange();
4226 return QualType();
4227 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004228
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004229 if (CompLHSTy) {
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00004230 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
4231 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
4232 LHSTy = lex->getType();
4233 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
4234 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004235 }
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004236 *CompLHSTy = LHSTy;
4237 }
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004238 return PExp->getType();
4239 }
4240 }
4241
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004242 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004243}
4244
Chris Lattner2a3569b2008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004245// C99 6.5.6
4246QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004247 SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
4248 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4249 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4250 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
4251 return compType;
4252 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004253
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004254 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004255
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004256 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004257
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004258 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004259 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType()
4260 && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004261 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004262 return compType;
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004263 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004264
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004265 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004266 if (lex->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff4eed7a12009-07-13 17:19:15 +00004267 QualType lpointee = lex->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004268
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004269 // The LHS must be an completely-defined object type.
Douglas Gregorf6cd9282009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004270
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004271 bool ComplainAboutVoid = false;
4272 Expr *ComplainAboutFunc = 0;
4273 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
4274 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4275 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4276 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4277 return QualType();
4278 }
4279
4280 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
4281 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
4282 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) {
4283 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4284 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004285 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004286 return QualType();
4287 }
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004288
4289 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4290 ComplainAboutFunc = lex;
4291 } else if (!lpointee->isDependentType() &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004292 RequireCompleteType(Loc, lpointee,
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004293 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004294 << lex->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004295 << lex->getType()))
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004296 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004297
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004298 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
4299 if (lpointee->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
4300 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
4301 << lpointee << lex->getSourceRange();
4302 return QualType();
4303 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004304
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004305 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004306 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
4307 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
4308 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4309 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4310 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
4311 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004312 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004313 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
4314
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004315 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004316 return lex->getType();
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004317 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004318
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004319 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004320 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Eli Friedman1974e532008-02-08 01:19:44 +00004321 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004322
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004323 // RHS must be a completely-type object type.
4324 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
4325 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
4326 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4327 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4328 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4329 return QualType();
4330 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004331
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004332 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
4333 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
4334 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4335 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004336 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004337 return QualType();
4338 }
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004339
4340 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4341 if (!ComplainAboutFunc)
4342 ComplainAboutFunc = rex;
4343 } else if (!rpointee->isDependentType() &&
4344 RequireCompleteType(Loc, rpointee,
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004345 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
4346 << rex->getSourceRange()
4347 << rex->getType()))
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004348 return QualType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004349
Eli Friedman168fe152009-05-16 13:54:38 +00004350 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4351 // Pointee types must be the same: C++ [expr.add]
4352 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lpointee, rpointee)) {
4353 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
4354 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4355 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4356 return QualType();
4357 }
4358 } else {
4359 // Pointee types must be compatible C99 6.5.6p3
4360 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
4361 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
4362 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
4363 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
4364 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4365 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4366 return QualType();
4367 }
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004368 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004369
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004370 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
4371 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4372 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4373 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
4374 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004375 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004376 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004377
4378 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004379 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
4380 }
4381 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004382
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004383 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004384}
4385
Chris Lattner2a3569b2008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004386// C99 6.5.7
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004387QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattner2a3569b2008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004388 bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004389 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
4390 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004391 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004392
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004393 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
4394 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00004395 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
4396 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
4397 LHSTy = lex->getType();
4398 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
4399 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004400 }
Chris Lattner3c133402007-12-13 07:28:16 +00004401 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004402 ImpCastExprToType(lex, LHSTy);
4403
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004404 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004405
Ryan Flynnf53fab82009-08-07 16:20:20 +00004406 // Sanity-check shift operands
4407 llvm::APSInt Right;
4408 // Check right/shifter operand
Daniel Dunbar687fa862009-09-17 06:31:27 +00004409 if (!rex->isValueDependent() &&
4410 rex->isIntegerConstantExpr(Right, Context)) {
Ryan Flynn2f085712009-08-08 19:18:23 +00004411 if (Right.isNegative())
Ryan Flynnf53fab82009-08-07 16:20:20 +00004412 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_negative) << rex->getSourceRange();
4413 else {
4414 llvm::APInt LeftBits(Right.getBitWidth(),
4415 Context.getTypeSize(lex->getType()));
4416 if (Right.uge(LeftBits))
4417 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_gt_typewidth) << rex->getSourceRange();
4418 }
4419 }
4420
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004421 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004422 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004423}
4424
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004425// C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel]
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004426QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004427 unsigned OpaqueOpc, bool isRelational) {
4428 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)OpaqueOpc;
4429
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004430 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004431 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004432
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004433 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
Steve Naroff47fea352007-08-10 18:26:40 +00004434 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
4435 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
4436 else {
4437 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
4438 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
4439 }
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004440 QualType lType = lex->getType();
4441 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004442
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004443 if (!lType->isFloatingType()
4444 && !(lType->isBlockPointerType() && isRelational)) {
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004445 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
4446 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
4447 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004448 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparisons of enum constants. These can arise
Ted Kremenekde9e9682009-03-20 19:57:37 +00004449 // from macro expansions, and are usually quite deliberate.
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004450 Expr *LHSStripped = lex->IgnoreParens();
4451 Expr *RHSStripped = rex->IgnoreParens();
4452 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped))
4453 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped))
Ted Kremenek9ffbe412009-03-20 18:35:45 +00004454 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() &&
4455 !isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DRL->getDecl()))
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004456 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004457
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004458 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
4459 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
4460 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
4461 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004462
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004463 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
4464 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004465 Expr *literalString = 0;
4466 Expr *literalStringStripped = 0;
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004467 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004468 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4469 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004470 literalString = lex;
4471 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +00004472 } else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
4473 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004474 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4475 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004476 literalString = rex;
4477 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
4478 }
4479
4480 if (literalString) {
4481 std::string resultComparison;
4482 switch (Opc) {
4483 case BinaryOperator::LT: resultComparison = ") < 0"; break;
4484 case BinaryOperator::GT: resultComparison = ") > 0"; break;
4485 case BinaryOperator::LE: resultComparison = ") <= 0"; break;
4486 case BinaryOperator::GE: resultComparison = ") >= 0"; break;
4487 case BinaryOperator::EQ: resultComparison = ") == 0"; break;
4488 case BinaryOperator::NE: resultComparison = ") != 0"; break;
4489 default: assert(false && "Invalid comparison operator");
4490 }
4491 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_stringcompare)
4492 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
4493 << literalString->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregor170512f2009-04-01 23:51:29 +00004494 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ", ")
4495 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(lex->getLocStart(),
4496 "strcmp(")
4497 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(
4498 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(rex->getLocEnd()),
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004499 resultComparison);
4500 }
Ted Kremeneke451eae2007-10-29 16:58:49 +00004501 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004502
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004503 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004504 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus? Context.BoolTy :Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004505
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004506 if (isRelational) {
4507 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004508 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004509 } else {
Ted Kremeneke2763b02007-10-29 17:13:39 +00004510 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Ted Kremeneke2763b02007-10-29 17:13:39 +00004511 if (lType->isFloatingType()) {
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004512 assert(rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004513 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Ted Kremenekd4ecc6d2007-10-29 16:40:01 +00004514 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004515
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004516 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004517 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004518 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004519
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004520 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4521 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
4522 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4523 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004524
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004525 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except
4526 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them
4527 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled).
Steve Naroff808eb8f2007-08-27 04:08:11 +00004528 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
Chris Lattner3a0702e2008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004529 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004530 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattner3a0702e2008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004531 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004532 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004533
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004534 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Eli Friedman16c209612009-08-23 00:27:47 +00004535 if (LCanPointeeTy == RCanPointeeTy)
4536 return ResultTy;
4537
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004538 // C++ [expr.rel]p2:
4539 // [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification
4540 // conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on
4541 // a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring
4542 // them to their composite pointer type. [...]
4543 //
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004544 // C++ [expr.eq]p1 uses the same notion for (in)equality
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004545 // comparisons of pointers.
Douglas Gregorb8420462009-05-05 04:50:50 +00004546 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004547 if (T.isNull()) {
4548 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4549 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4550 return QualType();
4551 }
4552
4553 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T);
4554 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T);
4555 return ResultTy;
4556 }
Eli Friedman16c209612009-08-23 00:27:47 +00004557 // C99 6.5.9p2 and C99 6.5.8p2
4558 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
4559 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType())) {
4560 // Valid unless a relational comparison of function pointers
4561 if (isRelational && LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
4562 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_function_pointers)
4563 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4564 }
4565 } else if (!isRelational &&
4566 (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) {
4567 // Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer
4568 if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType())
4569 && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
4570 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void)
4571 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4572 }
4573 } else {
4574 // Invalid
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004575 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004576 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff75c17232007-06-13 21:41:08 +00004577 }
Eli Friedman16c209612009-08-23 00:27:47 +00004578 if (LCanPointeeTy != RCanPointeeTy)
4579 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004580 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffcdee44c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00004581 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004582
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004583 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004584 // Comparison of pointers with null pointer constants and equality
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004585 // comparisons of member pointers to null pointer constants.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004586 if (RHSIsNull &&
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004587 (lType->isPointerType() ||
4588 (!isRelational && lType->isMemberPointerType()))) {
Anders Carlsson83133d92009-08-24 18:03:14 +00004589 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer);
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004590 return ResultTy;
4591 }
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004592 if (LHSIsNull &&
4593 (rType->isPointerType() ||
4594 (!isRelational && rType->isMemberPointerType()))) {
Anders Carlsson83133d92009-08-24 18:03:14 +00004595 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer);
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004596 return ResultTy;
4597 }
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004598
4599 // Comparison of member pointers.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004600 if (!isRelational &&
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004601 lType->isMemberPointerType() && rType->isMemberPointerType()) {
4602 // C++ [expr.eq]p2:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004603 // In addition, pointers to members can be compared, or a pointer to
4604 // member and a null pointer constant. Pointer to member conversions
4605 // (4.11) and qualification conversions (4.4) are performed to bring
4606 // them to a common type. If one operand is a null pointer constant,
4607 // the common type is the type of the other operand. Otherwise, the
4608 // common type is a pointer to member type similar (4.4) to the type
4609 // of one of the operands, with a cv-qualification signature (4.4)
4610 // that is the union of the cv-qualification signatures of the operand
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004611 // types.
4612 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
4613 if (T.isNull()) {
4614 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4615 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4616 return QualType();
4617 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004618
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004619 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T);
4620 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T);
4621 return ResultTy;
4622 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004623
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004624 // Comparison of nullptr_t with itself.
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004625 if (lType->isNullPtrType() && rType->isNullPtrType())
4626 return ResultTy;
4627 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004628
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004629 // Handle block pointer types.
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004630 if (!isRelational && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004631 QualType lpointee = lType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4632 QualType rpointee = rType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004633
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004634 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
Eli Friedmana6638ca2009-06-08 05:08:54 +00004635 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004636 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004637 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004638 }
4639 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004640 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004641 }
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004642 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004643 if (!isRelational
4644 && ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType())
4645 || (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()))) {
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004646 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004647 if (!((rType->isPointerType() && rType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004648 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004649 || (lType->isPointerType() && lType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004650 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())))
4651 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
4652 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004653 }
4654 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004655 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004656 }
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004657
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004658 if ((lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || rType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) {
Steve Naroff1d4a9a32008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004659 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004660 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAs<PointerType>();
4661 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAs<PointerType>();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004662 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
Steve Naroff753567f2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004663 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004664 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
Steve Naroff753567f2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004665 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004666
Steve Naroff753567f2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004667 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
4668 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004669 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004670 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff1d4a9a32008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004671 }
Daniel Dunbar340b5dd2008-10-23 23:30:52 +00004672 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004673 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffea54d9e2008-10-20 18:19:10 +00004674 }
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004675 if (lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && rType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004676 if (!Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType))
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004677 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4678 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffb788d9b2008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004679 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004680 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffb788d9b2008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004681 }
Fariborz Jahanian134cbef2007-12-20 01:06:58 +00004682 }
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004683 if (lType->isAnyPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00004684 unsigned DiagID = 0;
4685 if (RHSIsNull) {
4686 if (isRelational)
4687 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
4688 } else if (isRelational)
4689 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
4690 else
4691 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004692
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00004693 if (DiagID) {
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004694 Diag(Loc, DiagID)
Chris Lattnerd466ea12009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004695 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004696 }
Chris Lattnera65e1f32008-01-16 19:17:22 +00004697 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004698 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffcdee44c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00004699 }
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004700 if (lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isAnyPointerType()) {
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00004701 unsigned DiagID = 0;
4702 if (LHSIsNull) {
4703 if (isRelational)
4704 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
4705 } else if (isRelational)
4706 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
4707 else
4708 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004709
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00004710 if (DiagID) {
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004711 Diag(Loc, DiagID)
Chris Lattnerd466ea12009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004712 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004713 }
Chris Lattnera65e1f32008-01-16 19:17:22 +00004714 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004715 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00004716 }
Steve Naroff4b191572008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004717 // Handle block pointers.
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004718 if (!isRelational && RHSIsNull
4719 && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroff4b191572008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004720 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004721 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4b191572008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004722 }
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004723 if (!isRelational && LHSIsNull
4724 && lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff4b191572008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004725 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004726 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4b191572008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004727 }
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004728 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004729}
4730
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004731/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004732/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004733/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
4734/// types.
4735QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004736 SourceLocation Loc,
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004737 bool isRelational) {
4738 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
4739 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004740 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004741 if (vType.isNull())
4742 return vType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004743
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004744 QualType lType = lex->getType();
4745 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004746
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004747 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
4748 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
4749 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
4750 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
4751 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
4752 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
4753 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004754 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004755 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004756
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004757 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
4758 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) {
4759 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004760 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004761 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004762
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004763 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
4764 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
4765 // elements for floating point vectors.
4766 if (lType->isIntegerType())
4767 return lType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004768
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004769 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAs<VectorType>();
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004770 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
Nate Begeman2f2bdeb2009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004771 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004772 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
Chris Lattner5d688962009-03-31 07:46:52 +00004773 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
Nate Begeman2f2bdeb2009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004774 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4775
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004776 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
Nate Begeman2f2bdeb2009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004777 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004778 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4779}
4780
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004781inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004782 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Steve Naroff94a5aca2007-07-16 22:23:01 +00004783 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004784 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004785
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004786 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004787
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004788 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004789 return compType;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004790 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004791}
4792
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004793inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004794 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc) {
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004795 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
4796 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004797
Eli Friedman58639e52008-05-13 20:16:47 +00004798 if (lex->getType()->isScalarType() && rex->getType()->isScalarType())
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004799 return Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004800 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00004801}
4802
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004803/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
4804/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
4805/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
4806///
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004807static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S) {
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004808 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
4809 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
4810 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
4811 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004812 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004813 BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())
4814 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = OPT->getInterfaceDecl())
4815 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
4816 return true;
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004817 }
4818 }
4819 return false;
4820}
4821
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004822/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
4823/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
4824static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004825 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004826 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004827 &Loc);
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004828 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
4829 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004830 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
4831 return false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004832
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004833 unsigned Diag = 0;
4834 bool NeedType = false;
4835 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
4836 default: assert(0 && "Unknown result from isModifiableLvalue!");
4837 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004838 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004839 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4840 NeedType = true;
4841 break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004842 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004843 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4844 NeedType = true;
4845 break;
Chris Lattner9b3bbe92008-11-17 19:51:54 +00004846 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004847 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
4848 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004849 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004850 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4851 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004852 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
4853 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
Douglas Gregored0cfbd2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00004854 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00004855 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue)
4856 << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004857 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004858 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
4859 break;
Steve Naroffba756cb2008-09-26 14:41:28 +00004860 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004861 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4862 break;
Fariborz Jahanian8a1810f2008-11-22 18:39:36 +00004863 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
4864 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
4865 break;
Fariborz Jahanian5118c412008-11-22 20:25:50 +00004866 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
4867 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
4868 break;
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004869 }
Steve Naroffad373bd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00004870
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004871 SourceRange Assign;
4872 if (Loc != OrigLoc)
4873 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004874 if (NeedType)
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004875 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004876 else
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004877 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004878 return true;
4879}
4880
4881
4882
4883// C99 6.5.16.1
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004884QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
4885 SourceLocation Loc,
4886 QualType CompoundType) {
4887 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
4888 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004889 return QualType();
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004890
4891 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
4892 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004893
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004894 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004895 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004896 // Simple assignment "x = y".
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004897 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004898 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
4899 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
4900 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
Steve Naroff79d12152009-07-16 15:41:00 +00004901 RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004902 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
Steve Naroff79d12152009-07-16 15:41:00 +00004903 LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType())))
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004904 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004905
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004906 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
4907 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
4908 // instead of "x += 4".
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004909 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004910 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
4911 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
4912 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
4913 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
4914 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004915 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004916 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Chris Lattner36c39c92009-03-08 06:51:10 +00004917 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
4918 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
4919 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
Chris Lattnered9f14c2009-03-09 07:11:10 +00004920 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
4921 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004922 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
4923 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
4924 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
Chris Lattner36c39c92009-03-08 06:51:10 +00004925 }
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004926 }
4927 } else {
4928 // Compound assignment "x += y"
Eli Friedmanb05c41e2009-05-16 05:56:02 +00004929 ConvTy = CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004930 }
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004931
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004932 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
4933 RHS, "assigning"))
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004934 return QualType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004935
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004936 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
4937 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004938 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004939 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
4940 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004941 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004942 // operand.
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004943 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00004944}
4945
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004946// C99 6.5.17
4947QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattnerf6e1e302008-07-25 20:54:07 +00004948 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004949 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHS);
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004950
4951 // FIXME: Check that RHS type is complete in C mode (it's legal for it to be
4952 // incomplete in C++).
4953
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004954 return RHS->getType();
Steve Naroff95af0132007-03-30 23:47:58 +00004955}
4956
Steve Naroff7a5af782007-07-13 16:58:59 +00004957/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
4958/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
Sebastian Redle10c2c32008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004959QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4960 bool isInc) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004961 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
4962 return Context.DependentTy;
4963
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004964 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
4965 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
Steve Naroffd50c88e2007-04-05 21:15:20 +00004966
Sebastian Redle10c2c32008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004967 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
4968 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
4969 if (!isInc) {
4970 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
4971 return QualType();
4972 }
4973 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
4974 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
4975 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004976 // OK!
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004977 } else if (ResType->isAnyPointerType()) {
4978 QualType PointeeTy = ResType->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004979
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004980 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004981 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorf6cd9282009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004982 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4983 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4984 << Op->getSourceRange();
4985 return QualType();
4986 }
4987
4988 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C.
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004989 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004990 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorf6cd9282009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004991 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4992 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
4993 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange();
4994 return QualType();
4995 }
4996
4997 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004998 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004999 } else if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, PointeeTy,
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005000 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005001 << Op->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005002 << ResType))
Douglas Gregordd430f72009-01-19 19:26:10 +00005003 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanianca75db72009-07-16 17:59:14 +00005004 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
5005 else if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
5006 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
5007 << PointeeTy << Op->getSourceRange();
5008 return QualType();
5009 }
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005010 } else if (ResType->isComplexType()) {
5011 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
5012 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005013 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005014 } else {
5015 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005016 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005017 return QualType();
Steve Naroff46ba1eb2007-04-03 23:13:13 +00005018 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005019 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
Steve Naroff9e1e5512007-08-23 21:37:33 +00005020 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005021 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005022 return QualType();
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005023 return ResType;
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00005024}
5025
Anders Carlsson806700f2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005026/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005027/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005028/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
5029/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
5030/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
5031/// - &(x) => x
5032/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
5033/// - &s.xx => s
5034/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
5035/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
5036/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
5037/// - & __real__ x -> x
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005038static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005039 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005040 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Douglas Gregorc7acfdf2009-01-06 05:10:23 +00005041 case Stmt::QualifiedDeclRefExprClass:
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005042 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005043 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005044 // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from
5045 // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is
5046 // irrelevant.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005047 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
Chris Lattner48d52842007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005048 return 0;
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005049 // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005050 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
Anders Carlsson806700f2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005051 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00005052 // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the implicit
5053 // promotion of register arrays earlier.
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005054 Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase();
5055 if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) {
5056 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType())
5057 return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr());
5058 }
5059 return 0;
Anders Carlsson806700f2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005060 }
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005061 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
5062 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005063
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005064 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005065 case UnaryOperator::Real:
5066 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
5067 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
5068 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
5069 default:
5070 return 0;
5071 }
5072 }
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005073 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005074 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattner48d52842007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005075 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005076 // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about
5077 // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005078 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005079 default:
5080 return 0;
5081 }
5082}
5083
5084/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005085/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005086/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005087/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00005088/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005089/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005090/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005091QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005092 // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks
5093 op = op->IgnoreParens();
5094
Douglas Gregor19b8c4f2008-12-17 22:52:20 +00005095 if (op->isTypeDependent())
5096 return Context.DependentTy;
5097
Steve Naroff826e91a2008-01-13 17:10:08 +00005098 if (getLangOptions().C99) {
5099 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
5100 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
5101 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
5102 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
5103 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
5104 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
5105 }
5106 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
5107 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
5108 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005109 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Chris Lattner67315442008-07-26 21:30:36 +00005110 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
Nuno Lopes17f345f2008-12-16 22:59:47 +00005111
Eli Friedmance7f9002009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005112 if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid && lval != Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
5113 // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005114 // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator
Eli Friedmance7f9002009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005115 if (!op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattner48d52842007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005116 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Chris Lattnerf490e152008-11-19 05:27:50 +00005117 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
5118 << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005119 return QualType();
5120 }
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00005121 } else if (op->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005122 // The operand cannot be a bit-field
5123 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
5124 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +00005125 return QualType();
Nate Begemana6b47a42009-02-15 22:45:20 +00005126 } else if (isa<ExtVectorElementExpr>(op) || (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op) &&
5127 cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op)->getBase()->getType()->isVectorType())){
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005128 // The operand cannot be an element of a vector
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005129 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
Nate Begemana6b47a42009-02-15 22:45:20 +00005130 << "vector element" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffb96e4ab62008-02-29 23:30:25 +00005131 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian385db802009-07-07 18:50:52 +00005132 } else if (isa<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(op)) {
5133 // cannot take address of a property expression.
5134 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
5135 << "property expression" << op->getSourceRange();
5136 return QualType();
Anders Carlsson3fa58d12009-09-14 23:15:26 +00005137 } else if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(op)) {
5138 // FIXME: Can LHS ever be null here?
Anders Carlsson01ccf992009-09-15 16:03:44 +00005139 if (!CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getTrueExpr(), OpLoc).isNull())
5140 return CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getFalseExpr(), OpLoc);
Steve Naroffb96e4ab62008-02-29 23:30:25 +00005141 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005142 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005143 // with the register storage-class specifier.
5144 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005145 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) {
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005146 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
5147 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005148 return QualType();
5149 }
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00005150 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(dcl) ||
5151 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005152 return Context.OverloadTy;
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005153 } else if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor9aa8b552008-12-10 21:26:49 +00005154 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005155 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
5156 // scope qualifier for the class.
5157 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op)) {
5158 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005159 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
5160 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005161 Diag(OpLoc,
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005162 diag::err_cannot_form_pointer_to_member_of_reference_type)
5163 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
5164 return QualType();
5165 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005166
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005167 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
5168 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005169 }
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005170 }
Anders Carlsson5b535762009-05-16 21:43:42 +00005171 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
Nuno Lopes5773a1b2008-12-16 22:58:26 +00005172 // Okay: we can take the address of a function.
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005173 // As above.
Anders Carlsson5b535762009-05-16 21:43:42 +00005174 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op) && MD->isInstance())
5175 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
5176 Context.getTypeDeclType(MD->getParent()).getTypePtr());
5177 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl))
Steve Narofff633d092007-04-25 19:01:39 +00005178 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005179 }
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005180
Eli Friedmance7f9002009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005181 if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
5182 // Taking the address of a void variable is technically illegal, but we
5183 // allow it in cases which are otherwise valid.
5184 // Example: "extern void x; void* y = &x;".
5185 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void) << op->getSourceRange();
5186 }
5187
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005188 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005189 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005190}
5191
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005192QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005193 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
5194 return Context.DependentTy;
5195
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005196 UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
5197 QualType Ty = Op->getType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005198
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005199 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an
5200 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing
5201 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is
5202 // unlikely to catch any mistakes.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005203 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff826e91a2008-01-13 17:10:08 +00005204 return PT->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005205
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005206 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = Ty->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
Fariborz Jahanianf15d4b62009-09-03 00:43:07 +00005207 return OPT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005208
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005209 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005210 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005211 return QualType();
Steve Naroff1926c832007-04-24 00:23:05 +00005212}
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005213
5214static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
5215 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
5216 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
5217 switch (Kind) {
5218 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00005219 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break;
5220 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break;
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005221 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
5222 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
5223 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
5224 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
5225 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
5226 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
5227 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
5228 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
5229 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
5230 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
5231 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
5232 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
5233 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
5234 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
5235 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
5236 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
5237 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
5238 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
5239 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
5240 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
5241 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
5242 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
5243 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
5244 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
5245 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
5246 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
5247 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
5248 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
5249 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
5250 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
5251 }
5252 return Opc;
5253}
5254
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005255static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
5256 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
5257 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
5258 switch (Kind) {
5259 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
5260 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
5261 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
5262 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
5263 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
5264 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
5265 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
5266 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
5267 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005268 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
5269 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
Chris Lattnerd0f76512007-06-08 22:16:53 +00005270 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005271 }
5272 return Opc;
5273}
5274
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005275/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
5276/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
5277/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005278Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
5279 unsigned Op,
5280 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005281 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005282 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005283 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
5284 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
5285 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005286
5287 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005288 case BinaryOperator::Assign:
5289 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
5290 break;
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00005291 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD:
5292 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI:
5293 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc,
5294 Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI);
5295 break;
5296 case BinaryOperator::Mul:
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005297 case BinaryOperator::Div:
5298 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5299 break;
5300 case BinaryOperator::Rem:
5301 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5302 break;
5303 case BinaryOperator::Add:
5304 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5305 break;
5306 case BinaryOperator::Sub:
5307 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5308 break;
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00005309 case BinaryOperator::Shl:
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005310 case BinaryOperator::Shr:
5311 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5312 break;
5313 case BinaryOperator::LE:
5314 case BinaryOperator::LT:
5315 case BinaryOperator::GE:
5316 case BinaryOperator::GT:
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005317 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, true);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005318 break;
5319 case BinaryOperator::EQ:
5320 case BinaryOperator::NE:
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005321 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, false);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005322 break;
5323 case BinaryOperator::And:
5324 case BinaryOperator::Xor:
5325 case BinaryOperator::Or:
5326 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5327 break;
5328 case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
5329 case BinaryOperator::LOr:
5330 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5331 break;
5332 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
5333 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005334 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5335 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5336 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5337 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005338 break;
5339 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005340 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5341 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5342 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5343 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005344 break;
5345 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005346 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
5347 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5348 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005349 break;
5350 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005351 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
5352 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5353 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005354 break;
5355 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
5356 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005357 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5358 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5359 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5360 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005361 break;
5362 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
5363 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
5364 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005365 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5366 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5367 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5368 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005369 break;
5370 case BinaryOperator::Comma:
5371 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5372 break;
5373 }
5374 if (ResultTy.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005375 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005376 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005377 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc));
5378 else
5379 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy,
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005380 CompLHSTy, CompResultTy,
5381 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005382}
5383
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005384// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005385Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
5386 tok::TokenKind Kind,
5387 ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) {
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005388 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00005389 Expr *lhs = LHS.takeAs<Expr>(), *rhs = RHS.takeAs<Expr>();
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005390
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00005391 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
5392 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005393
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005394 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005395 (lhs->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005396 rhs->getType()->isOverloadableType())) {
5397 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
5398 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
5399 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
5400 // the arguments.
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00005401 FunctionSet Functions;
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005402 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
5403 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
5404 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, lhs->getType(), rhs->getType(),
5405 Functions);
5406 Expr *Args[2] = { lhs, rhs };
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005407 DeclarationName OpName
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005408 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
5409 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, Args, 2, Functions);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00005410 }
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005411
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005412 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
5413 // binary operation.
5414 return CreateOverloadedBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, Functions, lhs, rhs);
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005415 }
5416
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005417 // Build a built-in binary operation.
5418 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005419}
5420
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005421Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005422 unsigned OpcIn,
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005423 ExprArg InputArg) {
5424 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00005425
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00005426 // FIXME: Input is modified below, but InputArg is not updated appropriately.
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005427 Expr *Input = (Expr *)InputArg.get();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005428 QualType resultType;
5429 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005430 case UnaryOperator::OffsetOf:
5431 assert(false && "Invalid unary operator");
5432 break;
5433
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005434 case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
5435 case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
Eli Friedman6aea5752009-07-22 22:25:00 +00005436 case UnaryOperator::PostInc:
5437 case UnaryOperator::PostDec:
Sebastian Redle10c2c32008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005438 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
Eli Friedman6aea5752009-07-22 22:25:00 +00005439 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc ||
5440 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc);
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005441 break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005442 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00005443 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005444 break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005445 case UnaryOperator::Deref:
Steve Naroffb7235642007-12-18 04:06:57 +00005446 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00005447 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005448 break;
5449 case UnaryOperator::Plus:
5450 case UnaryOperator::Minus:
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005451 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
5452 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005453 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5454 break;
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00005455 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
5456 break;
5457 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
5458 resultType->isEnumeralType())
5459 break;
5460 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
5461 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
5462 resultType->isPointerType())
5463 break;
5464
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005465 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5466 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005467 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005468 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
5469 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005470 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5471 break;
Chris Lattner0d707612008-07-25 23:52:49 +00005472 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
5473 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
5474 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005475 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005476 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner0d707612008-07-25 23:52:49 +00005477 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005478 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5479 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005480 break;
5481 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
Steve Naroff71b59a92007-06-04 22:22:31 +00005482 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005483 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
5484 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005485 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5486 break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005487 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005488 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5489 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnerbe31ed82007-06-02 19:11:33 +00005490 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005491 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
5492 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005493 break;
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005494 case UnaryOperator::Real:
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005495 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
Chris Lattner709322b2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00005496 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc, Opc == UnaryOperator::Real);
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005497 break;
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00005498 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00005499 resultType = Input->getType();
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00005500 break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005501 }
5502 if (resultType.isNull())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005503 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005504
5505 InputArg.release();
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005506 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005507}
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00005508
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005509// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
5510Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5511 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) {
5512 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get();
5513 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op);
5514
5515 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType()) {
5516 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
5517 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
5518 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
5519 // the arguments.
5520 FunctionSet Functions;
5521 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
5522 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
5523 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
5524 Functions);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005525 DeclarationName OpName
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005526 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
5527 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, &Input, 1, Functions);
5528 }
5529
5530 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, move(input));
5531 }
5532
5533 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(input));
5534}
5535
Steve Naroff66356bd2007-09-16 14:56:35 +00005536/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005537Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
5538 SourceLocation LabLoc,
5539 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00005540 // Look up the record for this label identifier.
Chris Lattner3318e862009-04-18 20:01:55 +00005541 LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = getLabelMap()[LabelII];
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005542
Daniel Dunbar88402ce2008-08-04 16:51:22 +00005543 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
5544 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
Steve Naroff846b1ec2009-03-13 15:38:40 +00005545 if (LabelDecl == 0)
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005546 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005547
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00005548 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005549 return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
5550 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)));
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00005551}
5552
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005553Sema::OwningExprResult
5554Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtArg substmt,
5555 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
5556 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt.get());
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005557 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
5558 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
5559
Eli Friedman52cc0162009-01-24 23:09:00 +00005560 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Chris Lattnera69b0762009-04-25 19:11:05 +00005561 if (isFileScope)
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005562 return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope));
Eli Friedman52cc0162009-01-24 23:09:00 +00005563
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005564 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
5565 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
5566 // More semantic analysis is needed.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005567
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005568 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
5569 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
5570 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005571
Chris Lattner944d3062008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005572 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
5573 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
5574 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
5575 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
5576 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005577
Chris Lattner944d3062008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005578 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005579 Ty = LastExpr->getType();
Chris Lattner944d3062008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005580 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005581
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005582 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
5583 // expressions are not lvalues.
5584
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005585 substmt.release();
5586 return Owned(new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc));
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005587}
Steve Naroff78864672007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005588
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005589Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
5590 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5591 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
5592 TypeTy *argty,
5593 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
5594 unsigned NumComponents,
5595 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
5596 // FIXME: This function leaks all expressions in the offset components on
5597 // error.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00005598 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
5599 QualType ArgTy = GetTypeFromParser(argty);
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005600 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!");
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005601
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005602 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
5603
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005604 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
5605 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
5606 // a struct/union/class.
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005607 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005608 return ExprError(Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005609
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005610 // FIXME: Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
5611 // with an incomplete type would be illegal.
Douglas Gregor26897462009-03-11 16:48:53 +00005612
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005613 // Otherwise, create a null pointer as the base, and iteratively process
5614 // the offsetof designators.
5615 QualType ArgTyPtr = Context.getPointerType(ArgTy);
5616 Expr* Res = new (Context) ImplicitValueInitExpr(ArgTyPtr);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005617 Res = new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::Deref,
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005618 ArgTy, SourceLocation());
Eli Friedman16c88df2009-01-26 01:33:06 +00005619
Chris Lattner78502cf2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00005620 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
5621 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005622 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
5623 // a system header!
Chris Lattner78502cf2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00005624 if (NumComponents != 1)
Chris Lattnerf490e152008-11-19 05:27:50 +00005625 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
5626 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005627
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005628 if (!Dependent) {
Eli Friedman8469bc72009-05-03 21:22:18 +00005629 bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005630
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005631 // FIXME: Dependent case loses a lot of information here. And probably
5632 // leaks like a sieve.
5633 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
5634 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
5635 if (OC.isBrackets) {
5636 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
5637 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType());
5638 if (!AT) {
5639 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005640 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
5641 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005642 }
5643
5644 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded.
5645
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005646 // Promote the array so it looks more like a normal array subscript
5647 // expression.
5648 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Res);
5649
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005650 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
5651 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005652 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005653 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005654 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner003af242009-04-25 22:50:55 +00005655 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005656 << Idx->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005657
5658 Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(),
5659 OC.LocEnd);
5660 continue;
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005661 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005662
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005663 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005664 if (!RC) {
5665 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005666 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
5667 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005668 }
Chris Lattner98dbf0a2007-08-30 17:59:59 +00005669
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005670 // Get the decl corresponding to this.
5671 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
Anders Carlsson2bbb86b2009-05-01 23:20:30 +00005672 if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Anders Carlsson38ebcaa2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005673 if (!CRD->isPOD() && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD) {
Anders Carlsson8b98d022009-05-02 17:45:47 +00005674 ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::warn_offsetof_non_pod_type)
5675 << SourceRange(CompPtr[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd)
5676 << Res->getType());
Anders Carlsson38ebcaa2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005677 DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true;
5678 }
Anders Carlsson2bbb86b2009-05-01 23:20:30 +00005679 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005680
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005681 FieldDecl *MemberDecl
5682 = dyn_cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(LookupQualifiedName(RD, OC.U.IdentInfo,
5683 LookupMemberName)
5684 .getAsDecl());
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005685 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005686 if (!MemberDecl)
Anders Carlsson896c2302009-08-30 00:54:35 +00005687 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member_deprecated)
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005688 << OC.U.IdentInfo << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd));
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005689
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005690 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field.
5691 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield.
Eli Friedman64fc3c62009-04-26 20:50:44 +00005692 if (cast<RecordDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
Anders Carlsson3cbc8592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00005693 Res = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
5694 SourceLocation(), MemberDecl, Res, SourceLocation()).takeAs<Expr>();
Eli Friedman64fc3c62009-04-26 20:50:44 +00005695 } else {
5696 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it
5697 // doesn't matter here.
5698 Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd,
5699 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType());
5700 }
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005701 }
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005702 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005703
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005704 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf,
5705 Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc));
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005706}
5707
5708
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005709Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5710 TypeTy *arg1,TypeTy *arg2,
5711 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00005712 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
5713 QualType argT1 = GetTypeFromParser(arg1);
5714 QualType argT2 = GetTypeFromParser(arg2);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005715
Steve Naroff78864672007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005716 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005717
Douglas Gregorf907cbf2009-05-19 22:28:02 +00005718 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5719 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_types_compatible_p_in_cplusplus)
5720 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RPLoc);
5721 return ExprError();
5722 }
5723
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005724 return Owned(new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc,
5725 argT1, argT2, RPLoc));
Steve Naroff78864672007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005726}
5727
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005728Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5729 ExprArg cond,
5730 ExprArg expr1, ExprArg expr2,
5731 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
5732 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond.get());
5733 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1.get());
5734 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2.get());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005735
Steve Naroff9efdabc2007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005736 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
5737
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005738 QualType resType;
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005739 bool ValueDependent = false;
Douglas Gregor0df91122009-05-19 22:43:30 +00005740 if (CondExpr->isTypeDependent() || CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005741 resType = Context.DependentTy;
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005742 ValueDependent = true;
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005743 } else {
5744 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
5745 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
5746 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
5747 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005748 return ExprError(Diag(ExpLoc,
5749 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
5750 << CondExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff9efdabc2007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005751
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005752 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
5753 resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() : RHSExpr->getType();
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005754 ValueDependent = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->isValueDependent()
5755 : RHSExpr->isValueDependent();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005756 }
5757
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005758 cond.release(); expr1.release(); expr2.release();
5759 return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005760 resType, RPLoc,
5761 resType->isDependentType(),
5762 ValueDependent));
Steve Naroff9efdabc2007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005763}
5764
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005765//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5766// Clang Extensions.
5767//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5768
5769/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005770void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005771 // Analyze block parameters.
5772 BlockSemaInfo *BSI = new BlockSemaInfo();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005773
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005774 // Add BSI to CurBlock.
5775 BSI->PrevBlockInfo = CurBlock;
5776 CurBlock = BSI;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005777
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005778 BSI->ReturnType = QualType();
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005779 BSI->TheScope = BlockScope;
Mike Stumpa6703322009-02-19 22:01:56 +00005780 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = false;
Daniel Dunbarb9a68612009-07-29 01:59:17 +00005781 BSI->hasPrototype = false;
Chris Lattner45542ea2009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005782 BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5783 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005784
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005785 BSI->TheDecl = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00005786 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, BSI->TheDecl);
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005787}
5788
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005789void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) {
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005790 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier()==0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005791
5792 if (ParamInfo.getNumTypeObjects() == 0
5793 || ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) {
Douglas Gregor758a8692009-06-17 21:51:59 +00005794 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005795 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
5796
Mike Stumpd456c482009-04-28 01:10:27 +00005797 if (T->isArrayType()) {
5798 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5799 diag::err_block_returns_array);
5800 return;
5801 }
5802
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005803 // The parameter list is optional, if there was none, assume ().
5804 if (!T->isFunctionType())
5805 T = Context.getFunctionType(T, NULL, 0, 0, 0);
5806
5807 CurBlock->hasPrototype = true;
5808 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005809 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00005810 if (CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005811 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian6802ed92009-05-15 21:18:04 +00005812 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005813 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
5814 }
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005815 QualType RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005816
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005817 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
5818 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
5819 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5820 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
5821 return;
5822 }
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005823 return;
5824 }
5825
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005826 // Analyze arguments to block.
5827 assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
5828 "Not a function declarator!");
5829 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005830
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005831 CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype;
5832 CurBlock->isVariadic = true;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005833
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005834 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes
5835 // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument.
5836 if (FTI.hasPrototype &&
5837 FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
Chris Lattner83f095c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00005838 (!FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType().getCVRQualifiers()&&
5839 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType())) {
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005840 // empty arg list, don't push any params.
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005841 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005842 } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
5843 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i)
Chris Lattner83f095c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00005844 CurBlock->Params.push_back(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>());
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005845 CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005846 }
Jay Foad7d0479f2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00005847 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(Context, CurBlock->Params.data(),
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005848 CurBlock->Params.size());
Fariborz Jahanian960910a2009-05-19 17:08:59 +00005849 CurBlock->TheDecl->setIsVariadic(CurBlock->isVariadic);
Douglas Gregor758a8692009-06-17 21:51:59 +00005850 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005851 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
5852 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI)
5853 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
5854 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier())
5855 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005856
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005857 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005858 if (!CurBlock->isVariadic &&
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00005859 CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005860 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian6802ed92009-05-15 21:18:04 +00005861 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005862 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
5863 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005864
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005865 // Analyze the return type.
5866 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005867 QualType RetTy = T->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005868
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005869 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
5870 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
5871 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5872 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
5873 } else if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005874 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005875}
5876
5877/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
5878/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
5879void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
5880 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
5881 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> CC(CurBlock);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005882
Chris Lattner45542ea2009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005883 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurBlock->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5884
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005885 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
Chris Lattner41b86942009-04-21 22:38:46 +00005886 PopDeclContext();
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005887 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005888 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005889}
5890
5891/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
5892/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005893Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
5894 StmtArg body, Scope *CurScope) {
Chris Lattner9eac9312009-03-27 04:18:06 +00005895 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
5896 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
5897 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005898
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005899 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
5900 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> BSI(CurBlock);
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005901
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005902 PopDeclContext();
5903
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005904 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
5905 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005906
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005907 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005908 if (!BSI->ReturnType.isNull())
5909 RetTy = BSI->ReturnType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005910
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005911 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
5912 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i)
5913 ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005914
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00005915 bool NoReturn = BSI->TheDecl->getAttr<NoReturnAttr>();
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005916 QualType BlockTy;
5917 if (!BSI->hasPrototype)
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00005918 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, 0, 0, false, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
5919 NoReturn);
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005920 else
Jay Foad7d0479f2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00005921 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(),
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00005922 BSI->isVariadic, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
5923 NoReturn);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005924
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005925 // FIXME: Check that return/parameter types are complete/non-abstract
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005926 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(BSI->Params.begin(), BSI->Params.end());
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005927 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005928
Chris Lattner45542ea2009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005929 // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block.
5930 if (CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking)
5931 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.get()));
5932 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005933
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00005934 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(body.takeAs<CompoundStmt>());
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00005935 CheckFallThroughForBlock(BlockTy, BSI->TheDecl->getBody());
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005936 return Owned(new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy,
5937 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs));
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005938}
5939
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005940Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5941 ExprArg expr, TypeTy *type,
5942 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00005943 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(type);
Chris Lattner56382aa2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00005944 Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr.get());
5945 Expr *OrigExpr = E;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005946
Anders Carlsson7e13ab82007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005947 InitBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedman121ba0c2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005948
5949 // Get the va_list type
5950 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedmane2cad652009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005951 if (VaListType->isArrayType()) {
5952 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
5953 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
5954 // a pointer for va_arg.
Eli Friedman121ba0c2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005955 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
Eli Friedmane2cad652009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005956 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
5957 UsualUnaryConversions(E);
5958 } else {
5959 // Otherwise, the va_list argument must be an l-value because
5960 // it is modified by va_arg.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005961 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
Douglas Gregorad3150c2009-05-19 23:10:31 +00005962 CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this))
Eli Friedmane2cad652009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005963 return ExprError();
5964 }
Eli Friedman121ba0c2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005965
Douglas Gregorad3150c2009-05-19 23:10:31 +00005966 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
5967 !Context.hasSameType(VaListType, E->getType())) {
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005968 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
5969 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
Chris Lattner56382aa2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00005970 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner3f5cd772009-04-05 00:59:53 +00005971 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005972
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005973 // FIXME: Check that type is complete/non-abstract
Anders Carlsson7e13ab82007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005974 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005975
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005976 expr.release();
5977 return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(),
5978 RPLoc));
Anders Carlsson7e13ab82007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005979}
5980
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005981Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
Douglas Gregor3be4b122008-11-29 04:51:27 +00005982 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
5983 // pointers on the target.
5984 QualType Ty;
5985 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
5986 Ty = Context.IntTy;
5987 else
5988 Ty = Context.LongTy;
5989
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005990 return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc));
Douglas Gregor3be4b122008-11-29 04:51:27 +00005991}
5992
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005993bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
5994 SourceLocation Loc,
5995 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
5996 Expr *SrcExpr, const char *Flavor) {
5997 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
5998 bool isInvalid = false;
5999 unsigned DiagKind;
6000 switch (ConvTy) {
6001 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
6002 case Compatible: return false;
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00006003 case PointerToInt:
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006004 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
6005 break;
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00006006 case IntToPointer:
6007 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
6008 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006009 case IncompatiblePointer:
6010 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
6011 break;
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00006012 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
6013 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
6014 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006015 case FunctionVoidPointer:
6016 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
6017 break;
6018 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
Douglas Gregoraa1e21d2008-09-12 00:47:35 +00006019 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
6020 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
6021 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
6022 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
6023 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
6024 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
6025 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
6026 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
6027 // C++ semantics.
6028 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
6029 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
6030 return false;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006031 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
6032 break;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00006033 case IntToBlockPointer:
6034 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
6035 break;
6036 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
Mike Stumpd79b5a82009-04-21 22:51:42 +00006037 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00006038 break;
Steve Naroff8afa9892008-10-14 22:18:38 +00006039 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006040 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
Steve Naroff8afa9892008-10-14 22:18:38 +00006041 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
6042 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
6043 break;
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00006044 case IncompatibleVectors:
6045 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
6046 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006047 case Incompatible:
6048 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
6049 isInvalid = true;
6050 break;
6051 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006052
Chris Lattnerf3d3fae2008-11-24 05:29:24 +00006053 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << DstType << SrcType << Flavor
6054 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006055 return isInvalid;
6056}
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006057
Chris Lattnerc71d08b2009-04-25 21:59:05 +00006058bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result){
Eli Friedmanbb967cc2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00006059 llvm::APSInt ICEResult;
6060 if (E->isIntegerConstantExpr(ICEResult, Context)) {
6061 if (Result)
6062 *Result = ICEResult;
6063 return false;
6064 }
6065
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006066 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
6067
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006068 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006069 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
6070 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
6071
6072 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
6073 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
6074 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
6075 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
6076 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
6077 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
6078 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006079
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006080 return true;
6081 }
6082
Eli Friedmanbb967cc2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00006083 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
6084 E->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006085
Eli Friedmanbb967cc2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00006086 if (EvalResult.Diag &&
6087 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
6088 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006089
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006090 if (Result)
6091 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
6092 return false;
6093}
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006094
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006095Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext
6096Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006097 // Introduce a new set of potentially referenced declarations to the stack.
6098 if (NewContext == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated)
6099 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.push_back(PotentiallyReferencedDecls());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006100
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006101 std::swap(ExprEvalContext, NewContext);
6102 return NewContext;
6103}
6104
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006105void
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006106Sema::PopExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext OldContext,
6107 ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
6108 ExprEvalContext = NewContext;
6109
6110 if (OldContext == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated) {
6111 // Mark any remaining declarations in the current position of the stack
6112 // as "referenced". If they were not meant to be referenced, semantic
6113 // analysis would have eliminated them (e.g., in ActOnCXXTypeId).
6114 PotentiallyReferencedDecls RemainingDecls;
6115 RemainingDecls.swap(PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.back());
6116 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.pop_back();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006117
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006118 for (PotentiallyReferencedDecls::iterator I = RemainingDecls.begin(),
6119 IEnd = RemainingDecls.end();
6120 I != IEnd; ++I)
6121 MarkDeclarationReferenced(I->first, I->second);
6122 }
6123}
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006124
6125/// \brief Note that the given declaration was referenced in the source code.
6126///
6127/// This routine should be invoke whenever a given declaration is referenced
6128/// in the source code, and where that reference occurred. If this declaration
6129/// reference means that the the declaration is used (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2,
6130/// C99 6.9p3), then the declaration will be marked as used.
6131///
6132/// \param Loc the location where the declaration was referenced.
6133///
6134/// \param D the declaration that has been referenced by the source code.
6135void Sema::MarkDeclarationReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D) {
6136 assert(D && "No declaration?");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006137
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00006138 if (D->isUsed())
6139 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006140
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006141 // Mark a parameter declaration "used", regardless of whether we're in a
6142 // template or not.
6143 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D))
6144 D->setUsed(true);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006145
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006146 // Do not mark anything as "used" within a dependent context; wait for
6147 // an instantiation.
6148 if (CurContext->isDependentContext())
6149 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006150
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006151 switch (ExprEvalContext) {
6152 case Unevaluated:
6153 // We are in an expression that is not potentially evaluated; do nothing.
6154 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006155
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006156 case PotentiallyEvaluated:
6157 // We are in a potentially-evaluated expression, so this declaration is
6158 // "used"; handle this below.
6159 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006160
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006161 case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
6162 // We are in an expression that may be potentially evaluated; queue this
6163 // declaration reference until we know whether the expression is
6164 // potentially evaluated.
6165 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.back().push_back(std::make_pair(Loc, D));
6166 return;
6167 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006168
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006169 // Note that this declaration has been used.
Fariborz Jahanian3a363432009-06-22 17:30:33 +00006170 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian477d2422009-06-22 23:34:40 +00006171 unsigned TypeQuals;
Fariborz Jahanian18eb69a2009-06-22 20:37:23 +00006172 if (Constructor->isImplicit() && Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
6173 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
6174 DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006175 } else if (Constructor->isImplicit() &&
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +00006176 Constructor->isCopyConstructor(Context, TypeQuals)) {
Fariborz Jahanian477d2422009-06-22 23:34:40 +00006177 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
6178 DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(Loc, Constructor, TypeQuals);
6179 }
Fariborz Jahanian24a175b2009-06-26 23:49:16 +00006180 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(D)) {
6181 if (Destructor->isImplicit() && !Destructor->isUsed())
6182 DefineImplicitDestructor(Loc, Destructor);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006183
Fariborz Jahanian41f79272009-06-25 21:45:19 +00006184 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
6185 if (MethodDecl->isImplicit() && MethodDecl->isOverloadedOperator() &&
6186 MethodDecl->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal) {
6187 if (!MethodDecl->isUsed())
6188 DefineImplicitOverloadedAssign(Loc, MethodDecl);
6189 }
6190 }
Fariborz Jahanian49796cc72009-06-24 22:09:44 +00006191 if (FunctionDecl *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006192 // Implicit instantiation of function templates and member functions of
Douglas Gregor4adbc6d2009-06-26 00:10:03 +00006193 // class templates.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisddcd1322009-06-30 02:35:26 +00006194 if (!Function->getBody()) {
Douglas Gregor4adbc6d2009-06-26 00:10:03 +00006195 // FIXME: distinguish between implicit instantiations of function
6196 // templates and explicit specializations (the latter don't get
6197 // instantiated, naturally).
6198 if (Function->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction() ||
6199 Function->getPrimaryTemplate())
Douglas Gregordda7ced2009-06-30 17:20:14 +00006200 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Function, Loc));
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00006201 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006202
6203
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006204 // FIXME: keep track of references to static functions
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006205 Function->setUsed(true);
6206 return;
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00006207 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006208
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006209 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00006210 // Implicit instantiation of static data members of class templates.
6211 // FIXME: distinguish between implicit instantiations (which we need to
6212 // actually instantiate) and explicit specializations.
Douglas Gregor4aa04b12009-09-11 21:19:12 +00006213 // FIXME: extern templates
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006214 if (Var->isStaticDataMember() &&
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00006215 Var->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember())
6216 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Var, Loc));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006217
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006218 // FIXME: keep track of references to static data?
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00006219
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006220 D->setUsed(true);
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00006221 return;
Sam Weinigbae69142009-09-11 03:29:30 +00006222 }
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006223}